Pro-E Wildfire 3.0

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire for Designers Introduction
¾ Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0

To make the designing process simple and quick, Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0 has
divided the steps of designing into different modules. This means that each step of
designing is completed in a different module. For example, generally a design process
consists of the following steps:
• Sketching using the basic sketch entities.
• Converting the sketch into features and parts.
• Assembling different parts and analyzing them.
• Documenting parts and the assembly in terms of drawings views.
• Manufacturing the final part and assembly.
Copyright
Copyright ©© CADCIM
CADCIM Technologies
Technologies (www.cadcim.com)
(www.cadcim.com) ForFor Solid
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion services using Autodesk Inventor, MDT, Pro/E, CATIA,
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
contact sales@cadcim.com
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Feature-Based Nature
• A feature is defined as the smallest building block and any solid model created in
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0 is an integration of a number of these building blocks.
• Each feature can be edited individually to bring in any change in the solid model.
Example
Figure A shows a part consisting of a counterbore hole at the center and six
counterbore holes around it at some Bolt Circle Diameter (BCD).
Now, consider a case where you have to change all the outer counterbore holes to
drill holes keeping the central counterbore hole and the BCD for the outer holes same.
You also, have to change the number of holes from six to eight.
Figure A Model displaying

the counterbore holes
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0 allows you to make this modification by just modifying
some values in the same part, see Figure B. This shows that the solid parts created in
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0 are a combination of various features that can be
modified individually at any time.
Figure B Model after making the modifications
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Bidirectional Associative Property

There is a bi-directional associativity between all modes of Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire
3.0. The bi-directional associative nature of a software package is defined as its
ability to ensure that if any modification is made in a particular model in one mode,
the modification is reflected in the same model in other modes also.
Figure C shows the drawing views of the part shown in Figure A. The views show
that the part consists of a counterbore hole at the center and six counterbore holes
around it.
Figure C Drawing views of the model

before modifications
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Now, when the part is modified in the Part mode, the modifications are automatically
reflected in the Drawing mode, as shown in Figure D.
Figure D Drawing views of the model after

modifications
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure E shows the Crosshead assembly. It is clear from the assembly that the diameter
of the hole is more than what is required (shown using dotted lines). In an ideal case, the
diameter of the hole should be equal to the diameter of the bolt.
Figure E Diameter of the

hole and the bolt
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The diameter of the hole can be easily changed by opening the file in the Part mode
and making the necessary modifications in the part. This modification is reflected in
the assembly shown in Figure F. This is due to the bi-directional associative nature of
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0.
Figure F Figure after modifying

the diameter of the hole
Similarly, if you change the dimensions of the model in the Drawing mode, the
modifications will be automatically reflected in the Part mode. This shows that all the
modes are related to each other.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Parametric Nature
The parametric nature of Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0 means that the features of a
part become interrelated if they are drawn by referencing each other. You can
redefine the dimensions or the attributes of a feature at any time. The changes will
propagate automatically throughout the model. Thus, they develop a relationship
among themselves. This relationship is known as the parent-child relationship.
¾ System Requirements
• Operating System: Windows NT 4.0 SP5, Windows 2000, Windows XP Home
Edition, XP Professional Edition, UNIX.
• Processor 233MHz or higher.
• Memory: 128MB RAM minimum requirement (512MB RAM or higher recommended).
• Swap Memory: 256MB minimum (1024 MB or higher recommended).
• Hard disk space: 1.12GB.
• An Ethernet adapter interface card or network card.
• Microsoft approved three button mouse.
• Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Getting Started
Once you have Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0 installed on your system, you have two
options to start it. The first option is to choose the Start button at the lower left corner
of the screen and select Programs > PTC > Pro ENGINEER > Pro ENGINEER as
shown in Figure A.
Figure A Windows screen with task bar and application icons
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The second option to start Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0 is by double-clicking on its

shortcut icon on the desktop of the computer. Figure B shows the screen that appear
when you start Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0.
Figure B Initial screen appearance after starting

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Important Terms and Definitions

Some important terms that will be used while working with Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire
3.0 are discussed next.
• Entity
An element of a section geometry is called an entity. The entity can be an arc, line,
circle, point, conic, coordinate system, and so on.
• Dimension
It is the measurement of one or more entities.
• Constraint
Constraints are the logical operations that are performed on the selected geometry to
make it more accurate in defining its position and size with respect to the other
geometry.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Parameter
It is defined as a numeric value or any definition that defines a feature. For
example, all the dimensions in a sketch are parameters. The parameters can be
modified at any time.
• Relation
A relation is an equation that relates two entities.
• Strong Dimensions and Strong Constraints

Strong dimensions and strong constraints appear in yellow color. These dimensions
and constraints are not removed automatically.
• Weak Dimensions and Weak Constraints

Weak dimensions and weak constraints are temporary dimensions or constraints
that appear in gray color. These are automatically applied to the sketch when it is
drawn using the Intent Manager.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ File Menu Options

The options that are displayed when you choose File from the menu bar, are discussed
next.
• Working Directory
A working directory is a directory on your system where you can save the work done
in the current session of Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0. You can set any directory
existing on your system as the working directory. Before starting work in
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0, it is important to specify the working directory, which can
be done in two ways.
• Right-click on the folder in the Navigator to invoke the shortcut menu shown in
Figure A. Choose the Set Working Directory option. The folder that you select is
created as the current working directory.
Figure A Shortcut menu

Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Choose File > Working Directory from the menu bar. The Select Working
Directory dialog box is displayed as shown in Figure B.
Figure B The Select Working Directory dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Options in the Set Working Directory dialog box

• Look In drop-down list
The Look In drop-down list displays all drives present on your computer along with a
Favorites folder. When the Select Working Directory dialog box is invoked, by
default, it displays the contents of a default directory. However, the default directory
that appears every time you open this dialog box can be changed.
• Name edit box

The Name edit box displays the name of the directory selected in the Select Working
Directory dialog box. You can either select a directory from the Look In drop-down
list or enter the path of any existing directory in this edit box.
• Type drop-down list
The Type drop-down list has two options: Directories and All Files. If you select the
Directories option then all the directories present will be listed and if you select All
Files then all the files and the directories will be listed.
• Up One Level
The Up One Level button is chosen to move one level up in the directory. When
you choose this button, a directory is displayed that is one level above the current
directory.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Working Directory
This is used when you have already set the working directory. You may browse
through the directories in the Select Working Directory dialog box, but when
you choose this button, the directory selected previously as working directory is
displayed in the Look In drop-down list.
• New Directory
The New Directory button is used to create a new directory which can be
selected as a working directory. When you choose the New Directory button,
the New Directory dialog box is displayed.
• Favorites
The Favorites button is used to save the location of the directories which are to
be used very frequently. You just have to specify the working directories to be
used frequently and save the location of that directory named Favorites. When
you choose the Favorites button, a menu is displayed. The options in this
menu are:
• Save location
• Remove location
• Browse favorites
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Display Configuration
When you choose the Display Configuration button, a menu is displayed with
the following options.
• List
• Details
• Command and Settings

The Command and Settings button can be used to customize the Select
Working Directory dialog box. This button, when chosen, displays a shortcut
menu with the following options.
• ‘Look In’ Default
• All Versions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• New
In order to create a new object, select New from the File menu or choose the
Create a new object button from the Top Toolchest. The New dialog box is
displayed as shown in Figure A. The dialog box displays the different modes
available in Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0.
Figure A The New dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Use default template

The Use default template check box is selected to open an existing default template
file which includes three default datum planes and a coordinate system. This check box
is selected by default. If you clear this check box and choose the OK button from the
New dialog box, the New File Options dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure B.
Figure B The New File Options dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Open
The Open option is used to open an existing object file. When you choose the
Open option from the File menu or choose Open an existing object button from
the File toolbar, the File Open dialog box is displayed as shown in Figure A.
Figure A The File Open dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Look In
In the Look In drop-down list various browsing options for selecting the directories
are available. You can browse through these folders to search for the object file you
want to open.
• In Session
The In Session option displays all the object files that are in the current
session. The object files that you open in Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0 in the
current session are stored in the temporary. This temporary memory is a folder
named In Session. Once you exit Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0, the contents of
this folder are deleted automatically. However the original files are not removed
from their actual location.
• Commands and Settings
The Commands and Settings option can be used to customize the File Open
dialog box. When you choose this button a shortcut menu is displayed. The
options under this menu are the same as those available in the Select
Working Directory dialog box.
• Name
In the Name edit box you can enter the name of the existing object file you want to open.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Type
The Type drop-down list contains the file formats of the various modes available in
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0. This drop-down list also has other file formats that can
be imported in Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0.
• Preview
The Preview button is chosen to see the preview of the model. When you choose this
button, the File Open dialog box expands and a preview is displayed on the right side.
• Erase
The Erase option is used to delete the files from the temporary memory or the In
Session folder. As discussed earlier all the files opened in a session of
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0 are saved in the temporary memory. The options used to
remove the files from the In Session folder are discussed next.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Current
The Current option is used to erase the file that is opened and is displayed on the
graphics screen from the current session. When the Current option of the cascading
menu is chosen, the Erase Confirm dialog box is displayed as shown in Figure A.
Figure A The Erase Confirm

dialog box
• Not Displayed
This option is used to erase the files present in the In Session folder but not available
presently on the screen. The Erase Not Displayed dialog box is displayed as shown
in Figure B.
Figure B The Erase Not

Displayed dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Delete
The Delete option is used to delete the current file or its old versions or both the
current file and its older versions.
• Old Versions
This option is used to delete all the old versions of the current file. When you choose
the Old Versions option, you are prompted to enter the name of the object file of
which the old versions have to be deleted.
• All Versions
This option is used to delete all the versions including the current file from the hard disk.
• Save
The Save option is used to save the objects present in the In Session folder or
an object on the graphics screen.
• Save a Copy
The Save a Copy option is used to save a copy of the current object in the same
working directory or in some other directory.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Backup
The Backup option of the File menu creates a backup copy of an object file that is in
memory. When you choose this option the Backup dialog box is displayed, as shown
in Figure A.
Figure A The Backup dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Rename
The Rename option in the File menu renames the active object that is on the screen.
When you choose this option, the Rename dialog box is displayed, as shown in
Figure B.
Figure B The Rename dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Managing Files
As discussed earlier, a new file is generated whenever you save an object. The
number of files generated is directly proportional to the number of times you save that
object. So, these files occupy a lot of disk space. The latest version of the object is of
use and should be stored. The rest of the files called old versions should be deleted
from the hard disk, if they are not required.
¾ Menu Manager
• The Menu Manager is not available when you enter the Part mode, Assembly
mode, or the Drawing mode. The Menu Manager is displayed with some selected
options of feature creation.
• There are menus and submenus cascaded in the Menu Manager. These contain
the options to complete the desired task in Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Model Tree
The Model Tree stores and displays all the features in
a chronicle. You can select any desired feature of a
model or an assembly from the model tree and apply
different operations on the feature selected. You can
select the feature by right-clicking on it. The shortcut
menu will be displayed as shown in Figure A.
When you create a new object file, the Model Tree is
displayed and is attached to the graphics window by
default. But in this case with the Model Tree attached
to the graphics window, the graphics window becomes
small in size. You can hide the Model Tree by clicking
the sash on the right edge of the Navigator as shown
in Figure A. The Model Tree can slide out or slide in,
thus increasing the area on the graphics window. It Figure A The Model Tree
can also be stretched horizontally to cover the with the shortcut menu
graphics window.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Understanding the Functions of the Mouse Buttons

The various combinations of the keys and three buttons of the mouse are listed below.
Figure A shows the function of the left mouse button. The left mouse button is used
to make a selection. Using CTRL+left mouse button, you can add or remove items
from the selection set. Using SHIFT+left mouse button, you can select chain of
entities or set of surfaces.
Figure A Functions of the left

mouse button
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure B shows the function of the right mouse button. The right mouse button is
used to invoke shortcut menus and to query select the items.
Figure B Functions of
the right mouse button
Figure C shows the function of the middle mouse button in 3D mode. The middle mouse
button is used to spin the model in the drawing area and view it from different directions.
CTRL+middle muse button is used to dynamically zoom in and out by moving the mouse.
Using CTRL+middle mouse button and moving the mouse horizontally you can turn the
model. Use SHIFT+middle mouse button to pan the model on the screen.
Figure C Functions of the

middle mouse button
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure D shows the function of the middle mouse button in the 2D mode (sketcher
environment and Drawing mode). The middle mouse button is used to place
dimensions on the drawing area. It is also used to confirm an option or to abort the
creation of an entity. The middle mouse button is used to pan in the Sketch mode
and the Drawing mode.
Figure D Functions of the middle mouse button
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Toolbars
Before starting work on Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0, it is very important for you to
understand the default toolbars and buttons on the screen. Figure A shows various
default screen components in Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0. The toolbars are at two
locations: the Top Toolchest and the Right Toolchest. Different toolbars in
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0 are shown in next two slides.
Figure A Default components on the

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0 screen
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The Datum Display toolbar
The File toolbar
The Model Display toolbar
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The Help button The View toolbar
¾ Navigator
The navigator is present on the left of the drawing area and can slide in or out on the
drawing area. To make the navigator slide in or out,you need to select the sash present
on its right edge. A partial view of the navigator is shown in Figure A.
Figure A The Navigator
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Browser
The Browser is present on the right of the Navigator. It can slide in and out of the
Navigator and can also be stretched horizontally. When the Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire
3.0 session is started, the browser is displayed on the screen. Figure A shows the
browser that displays some part files.
Figure A Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0 Browser
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire for Designers Chapter 1
Learning Objectives:
• Use various tools to create a geometry.
• Dimension a sketch.
• Apply constraints to a sketch.
• Modify a sketch.
• Use the Modify Dimensions dialog box.
• Edit geometry of a sketch by trimming.
• Mirror a sketch.
• Use drawing display options.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ The Sketch Mode

Using the Sketch mode, you can draw a 2D sketch of the product and assign required
dimensions and constraints to it.
• Using the Sketch Mode

The following steps outline the procedure to use the Sketch mode:
• Sketch the required section geometry

• Add the constraints and dimensions to the sketched section
• Add relations to the sketch if needed
• Regenerate the sketch
If the Intent Manager is on while sketching then the sketch is automatically
regenerated.
• Entering the Sketch Mode

To enter the Sketch mode, choose the Create a new object button from the File
toolbar. The New dialog box will be displayed with other Pro/ENGINEER modes.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ The Sketcher Environment

• When you enter the Sketch mode, the initial
screen appearance is similar to the one shown
in figure.
• This figure also shows the Sketcher Tools

toolbar that will be displayed on the right of the
drawing area.
• The buttons in this toolbar are used to draw

sketches.
• The various drawing options are also available Initial screen appearance in the
in the Sketch menu in the menu bar. Sketch mode
• When you enter the sketcher environment, the

Intent Manager is on by default.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Working with the Sketch in the Sketch Mode

• When you enter the sketcher environment, the Select items button is chosen
by default.
• If this button is chosen, the sketcher environment is said to be in the selection

mode.
• In the selection mode, you can select entities of the sketch to edit or to invoke
the shortcut menu.
• The options in the shortcut menu can be used to apply various operations on
the selected item.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Drawing a Sketch Using the Sketcher Tools Toolbar

When you are in the sketcher environment, the Sketcher Tools toolbar on the
Right Toolchest, contains the tools to draw, dimension, and modify a sketch.
• Placing a Point
• Choose the Create points button from the Sketcher Tools toolbar to place
a point.
• One of the applications of a point is that it is used to dimension a sketch if
placed at the corners of the sketch.
• Drawing a Line
• To draw lines, there are three tool buttons in the Sketcher Tools toolbar.
• To view these buttons, choose the black arrow on the right of the Create 2 point
lines button.
• The flyout with three tool buttons appears.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Drawing a Line Using the Create 2 point lines Tool

The Create 2 point lines button is used to create a line by selecting two
points in the drawing area.
• Drawing a Line Using the Create lines tangent to 2 entities Tool

The Create lines tangent to 2 entities button is used to draw a tangent
between two entities such as arcs, circles, or a combination of these.
• Drawing a Centerline Using the Create 2 point centerlines Tool

You can draw horizontal, vertical, or inclined centerline using the Create 2
point centerlines button.
• Drawing a Rectangle
Choose the Create rectangle button from the Sketcher Tools toolbar to draw a
rectangle.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Drawing a Circle
• To draw a circle there are four tools and one tool to draw an ellipse in the Sketcher
Tools toolbar.
• To view the tools available to draw circles and ellipses, choose the black arrow on
the right of the Create circle by picking the center and a point on the circle
button.
• The flyout with five buttons appears.
• Drawing a Circle Using the Create circle by picking the center and a
point on the circle Tool
As the name suggests, the Create circle by picking the center and a point
on the circle tool is used to draw a circle by specifying the center of the circle
and a point on it.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Drawing a Construction Circle

• A construction circle is a circle that is used to align entities, create diametrical or
radial dimensioning, and to reference entities.
• To create a construction circle, draw a circle and then hold down the right mouse
button on it to invoke the shortcut menu as shown in figure.
• Choose the Construction option from the shortcut menu.
The Construction option in Sketch of a flange

the shortcut menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Drawing a Circle Using the Create concentric circle Tool

• To draw a concentric circle, choose the Create Concentric circle button.
• After selecting this button you need to select a curve to determine

concentricity.
• Drawing a Circle Using the Create circle by picking its 3 points Tool
To draw a circle by selecting three points, choose the Create circle by picking
its 3 points button.
• Drawing a Circle Using the Create a circle tangent to 3 entities Tool

• The Create a circle tangent to 3 entities tool is used to draw a circle that is
tangent to three existing entities.
• This tool references other entities to draw a circle.

• Drawing an Ellipse Using the Create a full ellipse Tool
Choose the Create a full ellipse button from the flyout in the Sketcher Tools
toolbar to draw an ellipse.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Drawing an Arc
• To draw an arc, there are five tool buttons in the Sketcher Tools toolbar.
• To view them, choose the black arrow on the right of the Create an arc by 3
points or tangent to an entity at its endpoint button.
• The flyout appears with five buttons.
• Drawing an Arc Using the Create an arc by 3 points or tangent to an

entity at its endpoint tool
• The Create an arc by 3 points or tangent to an entity at its endpoint
tool is used to draw arcs tangent from the endpoint of an existing entity or
by defining three points in the drawing area.
• Figure A and B shows the creation of an arc using the Create an arc by 3
points or tangent to an entity at its end point.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure A Figure B
• Drawing an Arc Using the Create concentric arc Tool

• The Create concentric arc tool is used to draw an arc concentric to an
existing arc.
• You will have to select an entity to which the arc will be concentric.
• The entity selected must be an arc or a circle.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Drawing an Arc Using the Create an arc by picking its center and
endpoints Tool
Choose the Create an arc by picking its center and endpoints button to
draw an arc by selecting its endpoint.
• Drawing an Arc Using the Create an arc tangent to 3 entities Tool

The Create an arc tangent to 3 entities tool is used to draw an arc that is
tangent to three selected entities.
• Drawing an Arc Using the Create a conic arc Tool
The Create a conic arc tool is used to draw a conic arc.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Dimensioning the Sketch

• After you draw a sketch, the next step involves the
dimensioning of the sketch.
• The basic purpose of dimensioning in Pro/ENGINEER is to

control the size of the sketch and to locate it with some
reference.
Figure A Dimensioning
• The Create defining dimension button is used to manually options
dimension the entities.
• You can also choose Sketch > Dimension to display a

cascaded menu as shown in Figure A.
• Dimensioning a Sketch Using the Create defining dimension

Button or the Normal Option
The Create defining dimension tool is used for normal dimensioning of sketch.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Dimensioning the Basic Sketched Entities

• Linear Dimensioning of a Line
To add linear dimension to a line, select it or its end
points. Then press the middle mouse button to place
the dimension.
Approximate locations of the

cursor to achieve different
dimensions
• Angular Dimensioning of an Arc
To add angular dimension to an arc, select its ends by
pressing Of the arc by pressing the left mouse button and
then select a point on the arc.
Angular dimensioning technique
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Diameter Dimensioning
• For diameter dimensioning, click on a circle twice.
• Then place the dimension at the desired location by
pressing the middle mouse button
Diameter dimensioning technique
• Radial Dimensioning
• For radial dimensioning, click on the entity once.
• Then place the dimension at the desired location by
pressing the middle mouse button.
Radial dimensioning technique
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Dimensioning Revolved Sections

• To dimension a revolved section, click on the entity to be
dimensioned. Next, select the centerline about which you
want the section to be revolved. Once again select the
original entity that you want to dimension.
• Place the dimension at the desired location by pressing the
middle mouse button
Dimensioning technique
for revolved sections
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Working with Constraints

Constraints are the logical operations that are performed on the selected geometry to
make it more accurate in defining its position with respect to the other geometry.
• Choose the Impose sketcher constraints on the section button from the
Sketcher Tools toolbars to display the Constraints dialog box.
• This dialog box is used to apply the constraints that are listed next.
• Make a line or two vertices vertical
• Make a line or two vertices horizontal.
• Make two entities perpendicular.
• Make two entities tangent.

Constraints dialog box
• Place point on the middle of the line.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Create same points, points on entity or collinear constraint.
• Make two points or vertices symmetric about a centerline.
• Create Equal Lengths, Equal Radii or Same Curvature Constraint.
• Make two lines parallel.
• Explain Option
The Explain option of the Constraints dialog box provides information about the
constraints that are applied to a sketch.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Disabling Constraints
• The need to disable a constraint arises when you are drawing an entity.
• For example, if you draw a circle at some distance apart from a circle, the system
tends to apply the equal radius constraint when the sizes of the two circles become
equal.
• If at this moment you do not want to apply the equal radius constraint, right-click to
disable the equal radius constraint.
• Converting a Weak Constraint into a Strong Constraint

• Select a weak dimension or a weak constraint from the
drawing area. The selected dimension or constraint is
highlighted in red.
• Press and hold the right mouse button to invoke the

shortcut menu.
• Choose the Strong option from the shortcut menu to make Shortcut menu to
the constraint strong. convert weak
Dimension to strong
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Modifying the Dimensions of a Sketch

• There are four ways to modify the dimensions of a sketch.
• These methods are listed next.
• Using the Modify Dimensions dialog box

• You can select one or more dimensions from
the sketch to modify.
• When you select dimension(s) from a sketch,
they are highlighted in red.
• If you want to select more than one dimension,
hold down the CTRL key and select the
dimensions by clicking on them.
• You can also use CTRL+ALT+A or define a
window to select the dimensions in the sketch.
Modify Dimensions dialog
box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Using the Edit menu

• When you choose the Modify option from the Edit menu, a check mark
appears to the left of the Modify option in the Edit menu.
• You can select a dimension from the sketch to modify.
• Modifying Dimensions by Double-Clicking

• When you double-click on a dimension, the pop-up text field appears. Enter a
new dimension value in this field and press ENTER or use the middle mouse
button.
• Modify Dimensions Dynamically

• When you bring the cursor to an entity, the color of the entity changes to cyan.
• Now, if you hold down the left mouse button, you can modify the entity by
dragging the mouse.
• You will notice that as the entity is modified, the dimensions referenced to the
selected entity are also modified.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Resolve Sketch Dialog Box

• While applying constraints or dimensions, the
system may sometimes prompt you to delete one
or more highlighted dimensions or constraints.
• As soon as the conflict occurs, the Resolve Sketch

dialog box will be displayed as shown in figure.
• Undo
When you choose the Undo button, the section is Resolve Sketch dialog box
brought back to the state that was just before the
conflict occurred.
• Delete
• The Delete button is used to delete a selected dimension or constraint that is
enclosed within the yellow box.
• Select the dimension or the constraint to delete before you choose the Delete
button from the Resolve Sketch dialog box.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Dim > Ref

When you choose the Dim > Ref button, the selected dimension is converted to a
reference dimension.
• Explain
• When you choose the Explain button, the system provides you with information
about the selected constraint or dimension.
• The information will be displayed in the message area.
¾ Deleting the Sketched Entities

• To delete a sketched entity, select it by defining a window by dragging the cursor
around the entity, the color of the selected entity changes to red. Right-click in the
drawing area and hold down the right mouse button until a shortcut menu appears.
• Now, choose the Delete option from this menu to delete the selected item.
• To restore the last deleted item, choose the Undo button.

• This button is available in the Edit toolbar on the Top Toolchest.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Trimming the Sketched Entities

• When creating a design, there are a number of places where you need to remove
the unwanted and extended entities.
• You can do this by using the tool buttons available for trimming.
• Dynamically trim section entities Tool

This tool button deletes the selected entities or a portion of the entity from
where it intersects.
• Divide an entity at the point of selection Tool

The Divide an entity at the point of selection tool is used to divide an entity
into any number of parts or entities by specifying points on the entity.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Trim entities (cut or extend) to other entities or geometry button

The Trim entities (cut or extend) to other entities or geometry button
is used to trim two entities at their corners.
Trimming the lines
¾ Mirroring the Sketched Entities

• The Mirror selected entities button is used to mirror sketched geometries
about a centerline.
• This tool button helps to reduce the time for the creation and the
dimensioning of symmetrical geometric entities.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Inserting Foreign Data Into The Sketch

• The Insert foreign data from palette into the
active object tool helps you to insert certain
standard or user-defined features such as
polygons, profiles, shapes, stars and other
previously created sketches in the sketch mode.
• Choose the Insert foreign Data from
palette into the active object button from the
Sketcher Tools toolbars, the Sketcher Palette
dialog box will be displayed, as shown in figure.
• The options in this dialog box will be used to
insert predefined shapes into the sketch. The Sketcher Palette
dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Drawing Display Options

You can enlarge or reduce the drawing display using various drawing display tools
provided in Pro/ENGINEER.
• Zoom In
• Zoom Out
• Refit object to fully display it on the screen
• Redraw the current view
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 1
In this tutorial, you will draw the sketch for the model shown in Figure A. The sketch
is shown in Figure B. (Expected time: 30 min)
Figure A Model for Tutorial 1 Figure B Sketch of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a Set the working directory.
b. Start a new object file.
c. Draw lines using the tool button for creating lines, see Figure C.
Figure C Partial sketch

with weak dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
d. Draw an arc and a circle using respective tool buttons, see Figure D.
Figure D Sketch with all the

entities, weak dimensions,
and weak constraints
e. Dimension the sketch and then modify the dimensions of the sketch,
see Figure E.
Figure E Sketch with

dimensions and constraints
f. Save the sketch.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 2
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a. Set the working directory and start a new object file.
b. Draw the sketch using the tool button for creating lines, see Figure C.
Figure C Sketch with

weak dimensions and
weak constraints
c. Dimension the required entities and then

modify the dimensions of the sketch,
see Figure D.
Figure D Sketch
after dimensioning
d. Save the sketch.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 3
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
b. Draw the sketch using the sketcher tool buttons.
c. Dimension the sketch and then modify the dimensions of the sketch, see Figure C.
Figure C Sketch with dimensions

and constraints
d. Save the sketch.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 1
In this exercise, you will draw the sketch for the model shown in Figure A. The
sketch is shown in Figure B. (Expected time: 30 min)
Figure A Solid model for Exercise 1 Figure B Sketch of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 2
Figure A Solid model Figure B Sketch of the model

for Exercise 2
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 3

for Exercise 3
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 4
Figure A Solid model for Figure B Sketch of the model

Exercise 4
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 5
sketch is shown in Figure B.

Exercise 5
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Use various options to dimension a sketch.
• Create fillets.
• Place a user-defined coordinate system.
• Create, dimension, and modify splines.
• Create text.
• Scale and rotate entities.
• Copy a sketch.
• Import 2D drawings.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Dimensioning the Sketch

• Choose Sketch > Dimension from the menu bar.
• The cascading menu and the options that are available to dimension a sketch
are shown in the figure.
• The options to dimension a sketch are shown in this figure and are discussed
next.
The dimensioning
options
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Dimensioning a Sketch Using the Baseline Option

• In Pro/ENGINEER, the Baseline option of dimensioning is used to create
dimensions in terms of Horizontal and Vertical location values of an entity with
respect to a specified baseline.
• Figure A shows the baseline dimensioning.
Figure A Baseline dimensioning
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Replacing the Dimensions of a Sketch Using the Replace Option

• The Replace option is used to replace a dimension from a sketch.
• To use this option, you must have a dimensioned sketch.
• Choose Edit > Replace from the menu bar and then select the dimension to be
replaced.
¾ Creating Fillets
In the sketcher environment, you can create two types of fillet.
• Circular fillets
• Elliptical fillets
• Creating Circular Fillets

• A circular fillet is the arc that is used to join two lines, a line and an arc, or
two arcs.
• The fillet is controlled by its radius or diameter dimension.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The two lines The circular fillet Two sets of arcs Fillet created by
that do not join selecting the endpoints
Two lines joining The circular fillet Points to be Filleted arcs

at the corner selected on the arcs
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Creating Elliptical Fillets

An elliptical fillet is the arc in the form of an ellipse that joins two lines, two
arcs, or a line and an arc.
Arcs to be filleted Elliptical fillet created
• When you select an elliptical fillet to dimension, the Ellipse Radius

dialog box will be displayed.
• The X Radius radio button, when selected, dimensions the elliptical
fillet radially in the X-direction.
• The Y Radius radio button, when selected, dimensions the elliptical Ellipse Radius
fillet radially in the Y-direction. dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Creating a Reference Coordinate System

• The Create reference coordinate system button in the Sketcher Tools
toolbar is used to create a coordinate system and add it to the created
sketch.
• The coordinate system acts as reference for dimensioning.
¾ Working With Splines

• Splines are curved entities that pass through an infinite number of intermediate
points.
• Generally, splines are used to define the outer surface of a model.
• This is because the splines can provide different shapes to curves and the flexibility
to modify the surfaces that result from the splines.
• Creating a Spline
To draw a spline, choose the Create a spline curve button from the Sketcher
Tools toolbar.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Dimensioning Splines
A spline can be dimensioned manually in the following ways:
• Dimensioning the Endpoints
• Radius of Curvature Dimensioning
• Tangency or Angular Dimensioning
• Coordinate Dimensioning
• Dimensioning the Interpolation Points
• Dimensioning the endpoints

• Choose the Create defining dimension button
from the Sketcher Tools toolbar.
• Select the two endpoints of the spline and place
the horizontal or vertical dimension by pressing
the middle mouse button.
Endpoint dimensioning
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Radius of Curvature Dimensioning

• The radius of curvature of a spline can be
dimensioned only if its tangency is defined.
• In other words, radius of curvature of a spline
can be dimensioned only if the spline is tangent
to an entity.
Radius of curvature dimensioning

• Tangency or Angular Dimensioning
• A spline can be dimensioned tangentially.
• This type of dimensioning is also called angular dimensioning.
• Coordinate Dimensioning
The spline can be dimensioned with respect to a user-defined coordinate system.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Dimensioning the Interpolation Points

• A spline can be dimensioned by dimensioning its interpolation points or vertices.
• This type of dimensioning is used when the designer wants the spline to be
standard for all designs.
• Modifying a Spline
A spline can be modified in the following ways:
• Moving the interpolation points of the spline.
• Adding points to a spline.
• Deleting points of a spline.
• Creating a control polygon and moving its control points.
• Modifying the dimensions of the spline.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Writing Text in the Sketcher Environment

• In the sketcher environment, the text is written using the Create text as a
part of a section button from the Sketcher Tools toolbar.
• Figure given below shows the Text dialog box that is used to write text.
Text dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Scaling and Rotating Entities

• The sketches can be scaled or rotated by using the Scale and rotate
selected entities button from the Sketcher Tools toolbar.
• To invoke this button, select the sketch and then choose the arrow on the
right of the Mirror selected entities button.
• This button is available on the flyout that will be displayed.
• After choosing this tool button, the sketch that is composed of various entities
now acts as a single entity.
• The sketch appears red in color and is enclosed in a boundary box, as
shown in following figure.
Sketch enclosed in a boundary

box with the three handles
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Copying Drawing Entities in Sketch Mode

• The Make a copy of selected entities button in the Sketcher Tools toolbar is
used to copy the entities in the sketcher environment.
• To invoke this button, select the sketch and then choose the arrow on the right
of the Mirror selected entities button.
• Choose the Make a copy of selected entities button from the flyout that is
displayed.
• The Scale Rotate dialog box is displayed.
• Using this dialog box, you can simultaneously copy and rotate the selected
entities.
The Scale Rotate dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Importing 2D Drawings in the Sketch Mode

• The two-dimensional (2D) drawings, when opened in the sketcher environment,
can be saved in the .sec format.
• The .sec file can then be converted to a solid model.
• The Data from file option in the Sketch menu in the menu bar is used to import
the 2D sketches.
• This option saves time in drawing the same or similar section again.
• The file formats from which the data can be imported are shown in Figure A.
• When you choose Sketch > Data from file > File System from the menu bar, the
Open dialog box will be displayed, as shown in Figure B on the next slide.
Figure A Various File formats that can be imported
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure B The Open dialog box

• The section imported using the Data from file option in the current sketch is an
independent copy.
• The imported section is no longer associated with the source section.
• The units, dimensions, grid parameters, and accuracy are acquired from the current
sketch.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 1
In this Tutorial, you will import an existing sketch that you had drawn in Tutorial 3 of
Chapter 1. After placing the sketch, draw the keyway, as shown in Figure A.
(Expected time: 15 min)
Figure A Sketch for Tutorial 1
a. Start Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0.
b. Set the working directory and start a new object file.
c. Import the section by using the Data from file option.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
d. Draw the keyway and dimension it, see Figure B and C.
Figure B Sketch of the keyway with Figure C Sketch after

weak dimensions and constraints dimensioning the keyway
e. Modify the dimensions, see Figure D.
Figure D Sketch after

modifying the dimensions
f. Save the sketch and exit the sketcher environment.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 2
In this tutorial, you will draw the sketch for the model shown in Figure A. The sketch is
shown in Figure B. (Expected time: 30 min)
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
b. Draw the sketch using sketcher tools, see Figure C.
Figure C Three circles with weak

dimensions and constraints
c. Apply the required constraints and dimensions to the sketched entities, see
Figure D.
Figure D Sketch with constraints
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
d. Modify the dimensions of the sketch, see Figure E.
Figure E Sketch after modifying

the dimensions
e. Save the sketch and exit the sketcher environment.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 3
In this tutorial, you will draw the sketch for the model shown in Figure A. The sketch is
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com

b. Draw the sketch using sketcher tools, see Figure C and D.
Figure C Lines in the sketch with Figure D Sketch after drawing

the dimensions turned off for clarity the arc and the circle
c. Apply fillets at two corners of the sketch, see Figure E and F.
Figure E Fillet corners Figure F Sketch after filleting
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
d. Dimension the sketch, see Figure G.
Figure G Sketch after dimensioning
e. Modify dimensions of the sketch, see Figure H.
Figure H Sketch after modifying

the dimensions
f. Save the sketch and exit the Sketch mode.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 1

for Exercise 1
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 2
In this exercise, you will draw the sketch for the model shown in Figure A. The sketch

Exercise 2
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 3
Figure A Solid model for Exercise 3 Figure B Sketch of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 4
In this exercise you will draw the sketch for the model shown in Figure A. The sketch

exercise 4
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Use default datums for the base feature.
• Create a solid feature using the Extrude Tool.
• Create a thin feature using the Extrude Tool.
• Create a solid feature using the Revolve Tool.
• Create a thin feature using the Revolve Tool.
• Specify the feature termination options.
• Specify angle of revolution to a revolved feature.
• Orient the datum planes.
• Understand Parent / Child relationships.
• Understand nesting of sketches.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Creating Base Features

The base feature is the first solid feature created while creating a model in the
Part mode.
¾ Invoking the Part Mode

• To enter the Part mode, choose the Create a new object button from the File
toolbar.
• The New dialog box will be displayed with the various modes of Pro/ENGINEER.
• The Part radio button in the Type area and the Solid radio button in the
Sub- type area are selected by default in the New dialog box.
• Uncheck the Use default template check box, and choose the OK button, the
New File Options dialog box will be displayed, as shown on the next slide.
• From the New File Options dialog box you can select the required template file.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The New File Options dialog box
The figure on the next slide shows you the initial screen appearance in the Part mode.
The display consists of Model Tree, three default datum planes, and different toolbars.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Initial screen appearance in the Part mode
¾ The Default Datum Planes

• The default datum planes act as a plane on which you can draw a 2D sketch and
then convert it to a 3D model by protrusion.
• These three default datum planes are mutually perpendicular to each other.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Creating a Protrusion
• Protrusion is defined as the process of adding material
defined by a sketched section.
• In Pro/ENGINEER, there are various options of adding

material such as Extrude, Revolve, Sweep, and so on.
• These options can be selected from the Insert menu in
the menu bar. Figure A shows the options in the Insert
menu.
Figure A Options in
the Insert menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• The Base Features toolbar shown in Figure B can also be used to invoke the
protrusion options.
• This toolbar is available in the Right Toolchest when you are in the Part
mode.
Figure B The Base Features toolbar
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Extruding a Sketch
• The Extrude Tool button in the Base Features toolbar adds material
defined by a sketch drawn on a sketching plane.
• The procedure to create a base feature using the Extrude Tool button
is explained next.
When you choose the Extrude Tool button from the Base Features toolbar or
choose Insert > Extrude from the menu bar, the Extrude dashboard will be
displayed below the drawing area, as shown in Figure A.
Figure A The Extrude dashboard
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Select the Placement tab to display the slide-up panel.

• Choose the Define button from the slide-up panel to display the Sketch dialog
box, as shown in Figure B.
Figure B The Sketch dialog box
• After selecting the sketching plane and the reference plane, choose the Sketch
button in the Sketch dialog box to enter the sketcher environment. The
drawing area will appear as shown in Figure C.
• Close the Model Tree by clicking the sash on its right edge. This increases the
drawing space in the drawing area.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure C The drawing area after entering

the sketcher environment
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Sketch the I-Section and then choose the Continue with the current
section button from the Sketcher Tools toolbar.
• The model is created by assuming some default attributes and it will be
displayed in yellow color.
• From the dashboard, choose the green button. The required 3D model is
displayed in the drawing area. Figure D shows the extruded I-section.
• Change the display of the part from the View toolbar by choosing the Saved
view list button and selecting the Default Orientation option from the
drop-down list that appears.
Figure D The I-section extruded to

a certain depth
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Figure E and F shows some models created using the Extrude Tool button.
Figure E Figure F
Models created using the Extrude Tool button
• The Extrude Dashboard
• The options and buttons in the Extrude dashboard are used to extrude the
sketch and to specify certain attributes related to the model.
• The tabs and the tool buttons that are in the Extrude dashboard are discussed
in the next slide.
The Extrude dashboard

Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Placement Tab
• When you choose the Placement tab, the slide-up
panel will be displayed, as shown in Figure A.
• You can select a sketch that is drawn using a
Figure A The Placement
datum curve or you can choose the Define tab slide-up panel
button to draw a sketch.
• Options Tab
• When you choose the Options tab, the slide-up
panel will be displayed, as shown in Figure B.
• This slide-up panel is used to specify whether you
want the sketch to extrude to one side or both sides
of the sketching plane.
Figure B The Options
• The options in the Side 1 drop-down list are explained
tab slide-up panel
in the next slide.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Blind
The Blind option is one of the most commonly used options to define the extrusion
depth of the sketch by specifying a depth value.
• Symmetric
If you choose the Symmetric option from the Side 1 drop-down list, the material is
added equally in both the directions of the sketching plane.
• To Selected
The To Selected option allows you to select a point, surface, plane, or a curve up to
which the section is to be extruded.
• Properties Tab
When you choose the Properties tab, the slide-up panel will be displayed. This
slide-up panel displays the feature identity in the Name collector.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Extrude as solid Button

This button is chosen by default and is used to create a solid by adding
material to the section.
• Extrude as surface Button
This button is used to create a surface by adding material to the section.
• Change depth direction of extrude to other side of sketch Button

• This button is used once the sketch is completed.
• When you choose this button, it toggles the direction of extrusion with
reference to the sketch plane.
• Remove Material Button

• The Remove Material button is enabled only after the base feature is
created.
• This is because this button is used to remove material from an existing
feature.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Thicken Sketch Button
The Thicken Sketch button is used to create thin parts with specified thickness.
The sketch drawn to be thickened Adding thickness to one side

of the sketch
Adding thickness to both the Model created using the

sides Thicken Sketch button
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Pause tool Button

• This button is used to pause the current feature creation.
• After you choose this button, you can access other tools such as
Datum Plane tool.
• To resume the current feature creation tool, you can choose the Resumes
the previously paused tool button that appears in place of the pause tool.
• Geometry preview/Feature preview Button

• This button has two functions.
• When the check box on this button is selected, the temporary preview of
the created geometry is visible, along with its dimensions.
• When you choose the Feature Preview button, the system allows you to
preview the feature.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Build feature Button

This button is used to confirm the feature creation and exit the current feature
creation tool.
• Close Button
• This button is used to abort the feature creation.
• When you choose this button, the dashboard is closed.
• The Sketch Dialog box

• The Sketch dialog box will be displayed when you choose
the Define button from Placement slide-up panel.
• The Sketch dialog box is shown in Figure A.
• This dialog box is used to select the sketching plane and
to set its orientation.
• As soon as you select the sketching plane, the reference
plane and its orientation are selected automatically.
Figure A The Sketch
dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• If you want to change the sketching plane that is already

selected, hold down the right mouse button in the drawing
area to display a shortcut menu, as shown in the Figure B.
• If you choose the Clear option, the reference plane and its
Figure B Shortcut menu
orientation, which were selected automatically, are cleared
invoked for changing the
and now you can manually select them.
sketching plane
• To change the sketching plane, select the Placement
option in the shortcut menu.
• You can view the feature that you have created from
different directions using the Saved view list drop-down
list shown in Figure C.
• The options in this drop-down list are used to set the
orientation of the model in the drawing area.
Figure C The Saved

view list drop-down list
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The figures below explain the importance of selecting the sketch plane, and orienting
it in the correct orientation in order to achieve the desired orientation of the model.
Importance of selecting the reference planes
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Revolving a Sketch
The Revolve Tool allows you to revolve the sketched section through the
specified angle about a centerline. When you choose this button, the
dashboard will be displayed, as shown in Figure A.
Figure A The Revolve dashboard
• Revolving a Sketch as a Solid

The Revolve as solid button in the Revolve dashboard is used to revolve the
sketch as a solid.
Revolving a sketch as a solid Revolving a sketch as a solid
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Revolving a Sketch with Thickness

The Thicken Sketch button is used in combination with the Revolve as
solid button to create revolved features having a certain thickness.
Revolving a sketch with thickness Revolving a sketch with thickness
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Understanding the Orientation of Datum Planes

• The trimetric view of the solid model is shown in the following figure.
• Now, when you start to create the solid model, the first step is to decide the
datum plane on which you need to create the sketch.
Default trimetric view

of a shaded model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Case1: Drawing the Sketch on the RIGHT Datum Plane
Sketch with dimensions Sketch drawn on the Default trimetric view

and constraints RIGHT datum plane of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure A shows the sketch on the Right datum plane and the arrow direction
reversed.
Figure A Sketch drawn on

the RIGHT datum plane with
arrow direction reversed
In this case, the sketch when rotated in clockwise direction results in the desired
orientation of the model, as shown in Figure B.
Figure B Desired trimetric

view of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Case2: Drawing the sketch on the FRONT datum plane
Sketch drawn on the Default trimetric view of

FRONT datum plane the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The direction of the arrow is reversed by choosing the Flip button in the Sketch
dialog box.
Sketch drawn on the FRONT Default trimetric view of

datum plane with the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Parent Child Relationship

• Every model created in Pro/ENGINEER is composed of features that in some
way or the other are related to other features in the model.
• The feature that occurs first in the Model Tree is called the parent feature, and
any feature(s) that is related to this feature is called the child feature(s).
• Implicit Relationship
This type of relationship exists when the two features are related through
equations. These equations are formed using relations.
• Explicit Relationship
• The explicit relationship is developed when a feature is used as a reference to
create another feature.
• For example, one of the planar surfaces of a feature is used to create another
feature, or an edge of a feature is used to dimension the other feature.
• In this case, the first feature is called the parent feature and the second feature
is called the child feature of the first feature.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Nesting of Sketches
• If more than one closed loop is drawn, one inside the other in the sketch of a
single feature, it is called nesting of sketches.
• These sketches are drawn in the sketcher environment.
• Figure A shows a sketch in which the two circles are created on the base profile.
The resulting solid model is shown in Figure B.
Figure A Nested sketch Figure B Solid model of the sketch
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Advantages of Nesting Sketches

• One of the advantages of nesting of sketches is that the number of features used
to create a model is reduced.
• There is no parent-child relationship that exists in a nested sketch.
• The depth of the hole is equal to the depth of extrusion of the base feature.
• This is because the two circles and the base profile are part of the same sketch.
• This depends on the whether you want to use the nested sketch to create a part.
• Disadvantages of Nesting Sketches

• In nesting, since the two features on the model are combined into one feature,
therefore there is no flexibility in editing the features of a model.
• If at a later stage, you need to convert the circular holes into elliptical holes with
depth as half the depth of extrusion of the base feature, it consumes a lot of time
to edit the model.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 1
In this tutorial, you will create the model shown in Figure A. The dimensions for the
model are shown in Figure B. (Expected time: 30 min)
Figure A Isometric Figure B Front and right-side views

view of the model of the model with dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a. Set the working directory.

c. Choose the Extrude Tool button.
d. Select the sketching plane.
e. Draw the sketch, as shown in the following figures, using the sketching tools.
Outer loop of the sketch Sketch before modifying

with weak dimensions the weak dimensions with
all datums turned off
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
f. Apply constraints and dimensions to the sketch, as shown in figures given below.
Equal length constraints Dimension added to

applied to the sketch the sketch
g. Modify the Dimensions.
Sketch after modifying

the dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
h. Extrude the sketch to the given distance in the direction pointed by the arrow as
shown in Figure D.
Figure D Arrow pointing in Arrow showing the direction

the direction of extrusion of feature creation
i. After viewing the default view of the model shown in Figure E, save the model
and close the window.
Figure E Trimetric view of

the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 2
In this tutorial, you will create the model shown in Figure A. The dimensions are
Figure A Isometric view Figure B Front section view

of the solid model of the solid model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com

c. Choose the Revolve Tool button.
e. Draw the sketch, as shown below, using the sketching tools.
Sketch with weak dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
f. Apply constraints to the sketch.

g. Dimension the sketch.
Sketch after dimensioning
h. Modify the Dimensions.
Sketch after modifying the

dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
i. Revolve the sketch to 360-degrees. The model appears, as shown in figure given
below.
Default Trimetric view of the model
j. Save the model and close the window.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 3
In this tutorial, you will create the model shown in Figure A. Figure B shows the
dimensions. (Expected time: 30 min)
Figure A Isometric view of Figure B Front view and the right-

the model side view
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com

c. Choose the Extrude Tool button.
e. Draw the sketch, as shown in the following figure using the sketching tools.
Sketch for the thin extruded model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Sketch after applying constraints

g. Dimension the sketch. After applying the dimensions, modify them.
Sketch after modifying the dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
h. Exit the sketcher environment and specify the direction of material addition
indicated by the arrow, as shown in figure given below.
Arrow pointing in the direction of

material addition
i. Extrude the sketch to the given distance as shown in figure given below.
The model, will be displayed as shown in figure on the next slide.
The Default trimetric view of the model

Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The default Trimetric view of

the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 4
In this tutorial, you will create the model shown in Figure A. Figure B shows the
dimensions of the model. (Expected time: 30 min)
Figure A Isometric view Figure B Front view of the

of the solid model solid model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com

c. Choose the Revolve Tool button.
e. Draw the sketch, as shown in the following figure, using the sketching tools.
Sketch for the revolved feature with the

weak dimensions turned off for clarity
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Sketch after applying constraints

with the weak dimensions turned
off for clarity
g. Dimension the sketch.
Sketch after dimensioning

with constraints turned off
for clarity
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
h. Modify the Dimensions.
Sketch after modifying the

dimensions with constraints
turned off for clarity
i. Exit the sketcher environment and specify the direction of material addition
indicated by the arrow as shown in figure.
Arrow pointing in the

direction of material
addition
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
j. Revolve the sketch to 270-degrees as shown in Figure A. The default trimetric

view of the model is shown in Figure B.
Figure A Model after Figure B Trimetric

specifying attributes view of the model
k. Save the model and close the window.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 1
Create the model shown in Figure A. The dimensions of the model are shown in
Figure B. (Expected time: 20 min)
Figure A Isometric view Figure B Front and right-side views

of the model of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 2
Figure A Isometric Figure B Front view

view of the model of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 3
Figure A Isometric view Figure B Front view of the model

of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 4
Figure A Isometric view Figure B Front view of

of the model the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Understand the three default datum planes.
• Understand selection methods in Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0.
• Create the datum planes using different constraints available.
• Create embedded datum planes.
• Create datum axes using the different constraints available.
• Create the datum points.
• Create extrude and revolve cuts.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Datums
• Datums are imaginary features with no mass or volume and are
available to help you in creating a model.
• They act as reference for sketching a feature, orienting the
model, assembling components, and so on.
• Default Datum Planes

• When you enter the Part mode or the Assembly mode, the
three datum planes are by default displayed in the drawing area.
• These datum planes are mutually perpendicular to each other.
• These planes are known as the default datum planes.
• To change the names, choose Edit > Setup, the PART SETUP
menu will be displayed, as shown in Figure A.
• Choose the Name option from this menu.
• You are prompted to select a feature to change the name.
Figure A The PART
• Select the datum plane you want to rename.
SETUP menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Need for Datums in Modeling

• Generally, most of the engineering components or designs consist of more than
one feature.
• First the base feature of the model is created and then the other features of the
model are added.
• Since all the features of a model cannot be drawn on a single plane, therefore, to
draw the rest of the features, sometimes, additional planes have to be created or
selected.
• Also, most of the times, the three default datum planes are not enough to create a
complex model having many features.
Model having two Base feature of the

extruded features model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Plane selected for the Plane selected for the

base feature second feature
• Selection Methods in Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0

The selection method in Pro/ENGINEER 3.0 Wildfire is divided into two types:
• Selection
• In Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0, selection refers to the action,in which you first
select the entities like edge, plane, face, axis, coordinate system, and so on, and
then invoke a feature creation tool.
• To make your selection process easier, filters are available in Pro/ENGINEER
Wildfire 3.0.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Filters are the options that are available in the Filter drop-down list located at the
lower right corner of the main window in the Status bar.
The Filter drop-down list
• As you select the entities on the model, the number of selected

entities appear to the left of the Filter drop-down list in the Status
bar.
• When you double-click on the number, the Selected Items
dialog box will be displayed.
The Selected
Items dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Collection
Collection refers to the action when you invoke a feature creation tool and then select
the entities to collect the references in order to create that feature.
¾ Datum Options
• The Datum toolbar is shown below.
• The figure given on the next slide shows the method of invoking various types of
datum features from the menu bar.
The DATUM toolbar
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Datum Planes
• You can create datum planes, other than the
three default datum planes, by using the
menu bar or the Datum toolbar.
• When you choose Insert > Model Datum >
Plane from the menu bar or Datum Plane
Tool button from the Datum toolbar, the
DATUM PLANE dialog box will be displayed
with the different options to create datum
planes.
Invoking the datum options

from the Insert menu in the
menu bar
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Placement Tab
• The Placement tab in the DATUM PLANE dialog box is selected by default.
• Under this tab, the References area displays the references that are
selected to create the datum plane.
The DATUM PLANE dialog box

with the Placement tab chosen
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Display Tab
• The Flip button in this dialog box is used to change the normal direction of the
datum plane being created.
• The Adjust Outline check box, when selected, allows you to set the size for the
datum plane.

with the Display tab chosen
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Properties Tab
• This tab, when chosen, allows you to name the
datum plane you are creating.
• By default, the first datum plane you create is
named DTM1 and then every datum plane
created is successively numbered.

with the Properties tab
• Creating Datum Planes selected
• When you create a datum plane, the constraints are applied automatically
based on the selection you make on the model.
• These constraints appear in the DATUM PLANE dialog box.
• Sometimes, while applying constraints to define a datum plane, a single
constraint is enough to define the datum plane and sometimes you need
more than one constraint to do the same.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Through constraint
• The Through constraint is used to create a datum plane through any specified axis,
edge, curve, point/vertex, plane, cylinder, or coordinate system.
• This constraint can be used in combination with other constraints that are available
in the DATUM PLANE dialog box.
• The following table shows the datum plane constraint combinations using the
Through constraint.
Datum plane constraint combinations

using the Through constraint
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• The options in the drop-down list are used to make a selection on the model.
• This drop-down list is located at the bottom right corner of the main window.
The Filter drop-down Selecting a cylindrical surface Resulting datum plane

list with options to make and a default datum plane to passing through the center
selection create a datum plane of a cylinder and at an angle
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Normal constraint
• The Normal constraint is used to create a datum plane normal to any specified
axis, edge, curve, or plane.
• The possible combinations of datum plane creation are referred to as Yes and
the combinations that are not possible are referred to as No.
Datum plane constraint combinations using

the Normal constraint
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Selecting a planar surface Resulting datum plane

and a cylindrical surface
to create a datum plane
• Parallel constraint
The Parallel constraint is used to create a datum plane parallel to any specified
datum plane or planar surface.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com

the Parallel constraint
Selecting a datum plane and an Resulting datum plane

axis to create a datum plane
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Offset constraint
The Offset constraint is used to create a datum plane at an offset distance to
any specified plane or coordinate system.

the Offset constraint
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Selecting a datum plane and a Resulting datum plane

vertex to create a datum plane
• Tangent constraint
The Tangent constraint creates datum planes tangent to cylindrical features.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com

the Tangent constraint
• Embedded Datum Planes

• The term Embedded Datum Planes refers to the creation of a datum plane
when the system prompts you to select or create a plane.
• At this step, if you choose the Datum Plane Tool button from the Datum
toolbar, the datum plane created will be called an embedded datum plane.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Datum Axes
• Datum axis is an imaginary axis that is created in
Pro/ENGINEER to help you creating a model.
• Datum axes can be created manually.
• They are also created automatically when any
cylindrical feature is created.
• When you choose Insert > Model Datum > Axis
from the menu bar or the Datum Axis Tool button
from the Datum toolbar, the DATUM AXIS dialog The DATUM AXIS
box will be displayed with different options to create dialog box
datum axes.
When you are defining the offset distances, there are three
drag handles that are available on the model as shown in
figure on the right side.
Solid model with three

drag handles
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Placement Tab
• When you invoke the DATUM AXIS dialog box, the Placement tab is selected
by
default.
• Under this tab, the References collector allows you to select the references that
will create the datum axis.
• Display Tab
• The options in this tab are used to control the length of the axis.
The DATUM AXIS dialog box

with the Display tab selected
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Properties Tab
• This tab, when selected, allows you to name the datum axis you are creating.
• By default, the first datum axis you create is named A_1 and then additional datum
axes created are successively named.
The DATUM AXIS dialog box

with the Properties tab chosen
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Datum Axis Passing through an edge

• The Through constraint is used to create a
datum axis passing through any selected edge.
• The selected edge must be straight for the
creation of a datum axis, see Figure A.
Figure A Datum axis created

along the edge
• Datum Axis Normal to a Plane

The Normal constraint is used to create a datum
axis normal to a selected face or datum plane,
see Figure B.
Figure B Datum axis created

normal to the plane
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Datum Axis Passing Through a Datum Point and Normal to a Plane

The Normal constraint creates a datum axis passing through a datum point or a
vertex and normal to any face or datum plane, see Figure C.
Figure C Datum axis passing

through the datum point and
normal to the plane
• Datum Axis Passing Through the Center of a Round Surface

The Through constraint is used to create a datum axis passing through the center of
a cylindrical or round surface, see Figure D.
Figure D Datum axis passing

the center of a cylinder
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Datum Axis Passing Through the Edge Formed by Two Planes

The Through constraint is used to create a datum axis passing through the
intersection edge of two planer faces or planes, see Figure E.
Figure E Datum axis created

on the edge where the two
selected planes meet
• Datum Axis Passing Through Two Datum Points or Vertices

The Through constraint is used to create a datum axis between two datum points or
edge vertices, see Figure F.
Figure F Datum axis created

between the two selected vertices
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Datum Axis Tangent to a Curve and Passing Through its Vertex

The Tangent and Through constraints create a datum axis tangent to a curve and
passing through one of its vertices, see Figure G.
Figure G Datum axis created

tangent to the selected curve
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Datum Points
• Datum points are imaginary points created in Pro/ENGINEER to aid in
creating models, drawings, analyzing models, and so on.
• When you choose Insert > Model Datum > Point from the menu bar or
the Datum Point Tool button from the Datum toolbar; the DATUM POINT
dialog box appears along with various options to create datum points.
• Placement Tab
The Placement tab in the DATUM POINT dialog box has the options that change
with the reference selected.
The DATUM POINT dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Datum Point on a Face or a Datum Plane

The On constraint is used to create datum points on a face or a datum plane, see
Figure A.
Figure A Datum point on a face

and the three drag handles
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Datum Point Offset to a Face or a Datum Plane

The Offset constraint creates datum points at an offset distance from a specified face
or a datum plane in a specified direction, see Figure B and C.
Figure B The DATUM POINT dialog Figure C Datum point on the top face
box with the Offset constraint selected with offset 0 and the three drag handles
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Datum Point at the Intersection of Three Surfaces

• The On constraint is used to create a datum
point at the intersection of three surfaces.
• Select the three surfaces to create the
datum point, as shown in Figure D.
Figure D The three highlighted

surfaces and the datum point at the
intersection of the three surfaces
• Datum Point on a Vertex
• The On constraint is used to create a
datum point on the vertex of a face,
edge, or datum curve.
• Invoke the DATUM POINT dialog box and
then select a vertex to create the datum
point.
• Choose the OK button to exit the dialog
box. The DATUM POINT dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Datum Point at the Center of a Curve Edge

The Center constraint creates a datum point at the center of an arc or a curved edge.
• Datum Point on an Edge or a Curve

The On constraint is used to create a datum point on an edge or a curve, see Figure E.
Figure E The highlighted edge and the The DATUM POINT dialog box
datum point at some offset distance from
one end of the edge
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Sketched Datum Point Tool Button

• When you choose the black arrow on the right of the Datum Point Tool
button, a flyout will be displayed.
• Choose the Sketched Datum Point Tool button from this flyout.
• The Sketch Datum Point dialog box will be displayed.
• The function of this dialog box is same as the Sketch dialog box.
• Using the Sketch Datum Point dialog box, select the sketching plane and its
orientation. When you choose the Sketch button, the system takes you to
the sketcher environment.
• To Create an Array of Datum Points from a Coordinate System

• The Offset Coordinate System Datum Point Tool button is used to create
an array of datum points at an offset distance from a coordinate system.
• You can change the array of the points by redefining the array.
• When you choose this button, the Offset Csys Datum Point dialog box will
be displayed, as shown in Figure A.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure A The Offset CSys

Datum Point dialog box
• To Create a Datum Point by Clicking

• When you choose the Field Datum Point Tool
button from the flyout, the Field Datum Point
dialog box will be displayed, as shown in Figure B.
• Using this dialog box, you can create a datum Figure B The Field Datum
point anywhere on the surface of the model. Point dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Creating Cuts
• Cut is a material removal process and this option is available only when
at least one base feature exists on the drawing area.
• The Remove Material button available on the dashboard of the feature
creation tools is used to create the cuts.
• Removing Material by Extruding a Sketch
• The Extrude Cut is an extruded feature that is created by removing material
from an existing feature.
• The material that is removed is defined by a sketch.
Sketch for the extrude cut and arrow Cut feature created on
showing the direction of material removal the selected plane
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Arrow showing the direction of Cut feature created in

material removal the direction shown in
the adjacent figure
• Removing Material by Revolving a Sketch

• The Revolve Cut is a revolved feature that is created by removing material from
an existing feature.
• The material that is removed is defined by the sketch you draw.
• Remember that the center line is necessary in a revolve feature.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The section for the revolve cut Revolve cut created
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 1
In this tutorial, you will create the model shown in Figure A. The front and the right-side
view of the solid model are shown in Figure B. (Expected time: 25 min)
Figure A Isometric Figure B Front and side views

view of the model of the model with dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a. The model is composed of four features: two at the top, one at the bottom, and
one hole on the right surface. Also, from the model it is evident that the two
features at the top of the model can be created on the same plane. (Figure A)
b. Select the sketching plane for the base feature, draw the sketch using the
sketching tools, apply the dimensions and constraints (Figure C), and then
extrude the sketch to the given distance (Figure D).
Figure C Sketch for the base Figure D Default orientation of

feature with dimensions and the model and the arrow showing
constraints the direction of feature creation
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. Select the sketching plane (Figure E) for the feature that is at the bottom of
the base feature. Draw the sketch using the sketching tools, apply the
dimensions and constraints (Figure F), and then extrude the sketch to the
given distance (Figure G). The model, after creating the second extrusion
feature will be displayed in the drawing area (Figure H).
Figure E Arrow showing Figure F Sketch for

the direction of viewing the the second feature
sketching plane
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure G Arrow showing Figure H Second extruded

the direction of feature feature with base feature
depth
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
d. Select the sketching plane (Figure I , Figure J , figure K), Draw the sketch of
the third feature, apply the dimensions and constraints (Figure L), and then
extrude it to the given distance (Figure M and Figure N).
Figure I The selected face Figure J The highlighted Figure K Arrow on

and the arrow showing the datum plane DTM1 showing the
positive direction of datum direction of viewing
plane the sketching plane
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure L Sketch with dimensions Figure M Arrow showing Figure N Model after
and constraints of the third feature the direction of material creating the third feature
addition
e. Similarly, select a sketching plane for the cut feature. The cut has a circular
section. Draw the sketch for this feature (Figure I) and create the cut
feature (Figure J ).
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure I Sketching plane Figure J Sketch and

for the hole feature dimensions for cut
Figure K The two arrows Figure L Completed

on the cut feature model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 2
In this tutorial, you will create the model shown in Figure A, This figure also shows
the front, top, and right-side views of the solid model. (Expected time: 45 min)
Figure A Top, front, right-side, and

isometric views of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a. First, examine the model and determine the number of features in it. The model
is composed of four features: one at the bottom (base feature), one on the left,
and two at the back. Also, from the model it is evident that the two features on
the back face of the model can be created on the same plane.
sketching tools, apply the dimensions and constraints (Figure B), and then
extrude the sketch to the given depth (Figure C).
Figure B Sketch with dimensions Figure C Base feature of the model

and constraints for the base feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. Select the sketch plane for the feature on the left face of the base feature
(Figure E and Figure F), draw the sketch using the sketching tools, apply
dimensions and constraints (Figure G), and then extrude the sketch to the
given depth (Figure H , Figure I).
Figure E Arrow showing the Figure E Surface selected Figure G Sketch with
direction of viewing the model to be at the top dimensions and constraints
for the second feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure H Arrow showing Figure I Model with the

the direction of material second extruded feature
addition
d. Select the sketch plane for the feature (Figure J and Figure K) . Draw the
sketch for the third feature (Figure L) and then extrude it to the given distance
(Figure M and Figure N).
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure J Arrow showing Figure K Face selected Figure L Sketch with

the direction of viewing the to be at the top dimensions and constraints
model
Figure M Arrow showing the Figure N Model with the

direction of material addition third extruded feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
e. Select the sketching plane for the fourth feature (Figure O). Draw the sketch
for the fourth feature (Figure P) and extrude it to the given distance (Figure Q
and Figure R).
Figure O Arrow pointing Figure P Sketch and constraint

in the direction of viewing for the last feature
the sketch plane
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure Q Arrow showing Figure R Completed model

the direction of material for Tutorial 2
addition
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 3
In this tutorial, you will create the model shown in Figure A. This figure also shows
the front, top, and right-side views of the solid model. (Expected time: 45 min)
Figure A Top, front, right-side, and isometric

views of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a. The model is composed of three features: one on the left (base feature), one in
the middle, and one hollow cylindrical feature with a hole. (Figure B)
Figure B Isometric
View of the model
b. Select the sketch plane for the base feature, draw the sketch using the sketching
tools, apply the dimensions and constraints (Figure C), and then extrude the
sketch to the given depth (Figure D).
Figure C Sketch with dimensions Figure D Base feature

and constraints for the base feature of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. Select the sketching plane for the middle feature (Figure E), draw the sketch
using the sketching tools, apply the dimensions and constraints (Figure F),
and then extrude the sketch to the given depth (Figure G and Figure H).
Figure E Arrow pointing from Figure F Sketch with dimensions

the sketching plane in the and constraints
direction of feature creation
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure G Arrow showing the Figure H Model with the

direction of material addition second extruded feature
a. To create the hollow cylindrical feature, you require a datum plane.This datum
plane will be created at an offset distance of 10 from the bottom face of the
second feature. The sketch for the hollow cylindrical feature will be drawn on
the datum plane DTM1. Extrude the model to the given depth.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure I Creating Figure J Model after creating Figure K Direction of

the datum plane the datum plane viewing the sketching
plane
Figure L Sketch Figure M Preview of the Figure M Final model

with dimensions feature of Tutorial 3
and constraints
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 1
Create the model shown in Figure A. The dimensions, front, and right-side view of the
Figure A Isometric view Figure B Front and right-side views of

of the model the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 2
Create the model shown in Figure A. The dimensions, the front, top, right-side, and
isometric views of the model are shown in Figure B. (Expected time: 45 min)
Figure A Isometric view of the model Figure B Top, front, and right side
view of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 3
Create the model shown in Figure A. The dimensions, the top, front section, and two
auxiliary views of the model are shown in Figure B. (Estimated time: 1 hr)
Figure A Isometric view of the Figure B Top, front section, and two
model auxiliary views of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 4
Create the model shown in Figure A. The dimensions, the left-side, auxiliary, front
and isometric view of the model are shown in the Figure B. (Expected time: 45 min)
Figure A Isometric view Figure B Left-side view, auxiliary view, front

of the model view, and isometric view of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Create holes using the Hole dashboard.
• Create Round, Chamfer, and Rib.
• Edit features.
• Redefine, Reroute, and Reorder features.
• Suppress and delete features.
• Modify features.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Options Aiding Construction of Parts

This chapter explains the feature creation tools provided in Pro/ENGINEER that help
in creating a model and editing it.
¾ Creating Holes
• In engineering components, holes can be counterbore, countersink, tapered, or
drilled. Pro/ENGINEER allows you to create all these types of holes.
• In Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0, holes are created using the Hole dashboard.
• The Hole Dashboard

• The Hole dashboard will be displayed when you choose Insert > Hole from
the menu bar or the Hole Tool button from the Engineering Features
toolbar present in the Right Toolchest. You can create three types of
holes using the Hole dashboard.
• The first type is a straight hole, the second is sketched hole, and the third
is a standard hole.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Creating Straight Holes

Straight holes are the holes that have a circular cross-section with a constant
diameter throughout the depth. They start at the placement plane and terminate at
the user-defined depth or at the specified end surface.The Hole dashboard with
Create straight hole button selected is shown in the following figure.
The Hole dashboard
• Drop-down List
• The drop-down list in the dashboard is used to specify the type of hole.
• The Simple option is selected by default.
• The other option in this drop-down list is Sketched.
• The Simple option is used to draw straight holes.
• The Sketched option of creating holes is discussed later.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Dimension Boxes
• The first dimension box in the Hole dashboard is used to specify the diameter of
the hole.
• The second dimension box in the Hole dashboard is used to specify the depth of
the hole.
• Placement Tab
• When you choose the Placement tab, the slide-up panel will be displayed, as
shown in figure given below.
• This slide-up panel is displayed with the parameters that need to be specified to
define a linear hole.
The Placement tab slide-up panel
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Linear dimensioning of hole Radial dimensioning of hole
Diameter dimensioning of hole Coaxial hole
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Shape Tab
• When you choose the Shape tab, the slide-up panel will be displayed, as
shown in the figure given below.
• This slide-up panel can be used to specify the depth and the diameter of the
hole.
The Shape slide-up panel
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Create a Sketched Hole

• The Sketched option allows you to sketch the cross-section for the hole that is
revolved about a center axis.
• This option is used to draw custom shapes for the hole.
• When you choose the Sketched option from the first drop-down list in the Hole
dashboard, the Hole dashboard appears as shown in the following figure.
The Hole dashboard with the Sketched option selected.
• Activates Sketcher to create section Button

Choose the Activates Sketcher to create section button to open a new
window in the sketcher environment.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Opens an existing sketched profile Button

• On the Hole dashboard, the Opens an existing sketched profile button is
used to open an existing sketch that is saved in .sec file format.
• When you choose this button, the OPEN SECTION dialog box will be
displayed.
• This dialog box is used to select the .sec file to define the shape of the hole.
• Standard Hole
• The standard holes can be created by choosing the Create standard hole
button from the Hole dashboard.
• The holes created using this button are based on industry standard
fastener tables.
The Hole dashboard with the Create standard hole button selected
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Drop-down Lists
• The first drop-down list from the left in the dashboard is used to specify the
type of thread on the hole.
• The second drop-down list in the Hole dashboard is used to specify the size
of the screw that corresponds to the hole.
• The third drop-down list in the Hole dashboard is used to specify the depth of
the hole.
• Adds tapping Button

This button is not enabled if the depth option is selected to specified depth value.
As the name suggests, this button is used to tap a hole.
• Adds countersink Button
This button is used to create a countersink hole.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The Shape tab slide-up panel The Shape tab slide-up panel
for creating a tapped hole for creating a countersink hole
• Adds counterbore Button

• This button is used to create a counterbore hole.
• A counterbore hole is a stepped hole and has two diameters, a larger one and
a smaller one.
• Shape Tab
• When you choose the Shape tab, the slide-up panel displays the preview of the hole.
• You can specify the dimensions for the hole in the respective dimension boxes.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The Shape slide-up panel for

creating a counterbore hole
• Note Tab
• This tab displays the specifications of the hole in the text format.
• This option is available only when you create a Standard hole.
• Properties Option
This option displays the properties of the hole that you create.
• Preview the Hole

The Feature Preview button is used to preview the hole created before
confirming its creation.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Important Points to Remember While Creating a Hole

• While drawing the sketch of a hole, the sketch should have an axis of revolution
and at least one entity normal to it.
• While creating a hole, the primary reference for the placement of hole can be
selected without choosing any option from the Hole dashboard. However, when
you need to specify the secondary references, then you have to choose the
Placement tab from the Hole dashboard.
• It is recommended that if you are creating a Standard hole then the units of the
model should be in mm.
• An application of Sketched hole is a tapered hole. Sketched holes are always blind
and have depth in one direction only.
• You cannot select a convex or concave surface as the placement plane.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Creating Rounds
• The Round Tool creates a fillet or smooth rounded transition between two adjacent
surfaces, with a circular or conic profile.
• This feature creation tool can be invoked from the menu bar or from the Engineering
Features toolbar in the Right Toolchest.
• Creating Basic Rounds

• When you choose the Round Tool button from the Engineering Features
toolbar or Insert > Round from the menu bar, the Round dashboard
will be displayed, as shown in the following figure. You are prompted to select
an edge or surface to create the round set.
• The various options in the Round dashboard are discussed next.
The Round dashboard
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Round created on the edges Round created on surfaces
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Switch to set mode Button

• This button is used to create rounds by defining sets.
• When this button is chosen, the dimension is displayed to its right.
• The dimension box is used to specify the radius of round.
• Switch to transition mode Button

• The Switch to transition mode button is available only when you have
defined at least one reference for the round.
• This button has primarily two applications.
• The first one is to define the shape of the round that is formed at a vertex
and the other is to define a limit up to which the round will be created.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Edges selected for creating rounds Various possible transitions
Round created using the Round created using the

Intersect option Corner sphere option
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Transition rounds created on

four edges and stopped by the
highlighted reference plane
• Sets tab
• When you choose the Switch to set mode button and
then choose the Sets tab in the Round dashboard, the
slide-up panel will be displayed.
• All references and the geometry of the round are

specified in this slide-up panel.
• The options in this slide-up panel are discussed next.
The slide-up panel

of the Sets tab
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• First Drop-down List

The first drop-down list that appears in the slide-up panel
is used to specify the geometry of the round you need to
create.
• Circular. When you choose this option from the drop-down
list, the round that is created has a circular cross-section.
Drop-down list
• Conic. This type of round has a geometry of a conic.
Preview of the round feature along with the radius of round
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• D1 x D2 Conic. The round created using this option has a geometry that can be
controlled by three dimensions.
D1 x D2 Conic round D1 x D2 Conic round after

reversing
• Dimension Box
• The edit box that is present below the first drop-down list is available only when you
select the Conic or D1 x D2 Conic options.
• This is because, this dimension box is used to enter the value for the sharpness of
the conic round.
• The value lies between 0.05 and 0.95.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Second Drop-down List

• The second drop-down list that is present in the slide-up panel is used to specify
the method that Pro/ENGINEER will use to create the round.
• The options are discussed next.
• Rolling Ball. When you select this option, a round is created by rolling a spherical
ball along the surfaces to which it will possibly stay tangent.
• Normal to spine. This option creates a round by sweeping an arc or a conic

cross-section normal to the selected spine.
• Full Round Button. The Full Round button creates a complete round between two
selected edges or two planar or non-planar surfaces.
Surfaces selected for

the Full round
option
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Through Curve Button

The Through Curve button creates a round whose radius is specified by an
existing curve.
• References Collector
The References collector displays the references selected on the model.
• Spine Collector
• The Spine collector displays the spine selected on the model.
• This collector is active only when you select the Normal to spine option
from the second drop-down list.
• Transitions Tab
When you choose the Transition tab, the slide-up panel will be displayed. This slide-
up panel displays the transitions if they are present in a round.
The Transitions tab slide-up panel

Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Pieces Tab
• When you choose the Pieces tab, the slide-up panel will be displayed.
• It provides the possible locations of the round in the form of pieces.
Faces selected for The Pieces tab slide-up panel

creating round
• Options tab
• When you choose the Options tab, the slide-up panel will be displayed that has
two radio buttons.
• These radio buttons allow you to make the round as a surface or as a solid.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Properties Tab
When you choose this option, the slide-up panel will be displayed. This slide-up
panel displays the feature identity.
• Creating a variable radius round on an edge

A variable radius round is the one in which the radius of the round varies through
the length of the edge.
Constant radius round Variable radius round
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Points to Remember While Creating Rounds

• To avoid conflict due to the parent-child relationship, other features should not be
referenced to the edges created by rounds or to the round surface.
• Rounds should be added at the last. This means, the rounds should be the last
features in any solid model.
• The regeneration time of the model increases if the number of round features is in it
are increased.
• Use the shortcut menus extensively while creating rounds to reduce modeling time.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Creating Chamfers
• Chamfers are used to bevel the selected edges and corners as per some
specified parameters. Pro/ENGINEER creates two type of chamfers.
• The first is the Corner chamfer and the second is the Edge chamfer. To create
a chamfer on a corner, choose Insert > Chamfer > Corner from the menu bar.
• To create a chamfer on an edge, choose Insert > Chamfer > Edge from the
menu bar.
• You can also choose the Chamfer Tool button from the Engineering Features
toolbar to create the edge chamfers.
Different types of chamfers
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Corner Chamfer
• A Corner chamfer creates a beveled surface at the intersection of three edges.
• When you choose the Corner Chamfer option from the menu bar, the SELECT dialog
box and the CHAMFER (CORNER) dialog box will be displayed, see Figure A, and you
will be prompted to select a corner to chamfer.
Figure A The CHAMFER

(CORNER) dialog box
When you select the corner, the PICK/ENTER menu is displayed, as shown in Figure B.
Figure B The PICK/ENTER

menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Pick Point
The Pick Point option is used to select a point on the highlighted edge.
• Enter-input
When you use the Enter-input option, the Message Input Window will be displayed
and you will be prompted to enter the length dimension along the highlighted edge.
• Edge Chamfer
An Edge chamfer creates a beveled surface along the selected edge. When
you choose Insert > Chamfer > Edge from the menu bar or choose the
Chamfer Tool button from the Engineering Features toolbar, the Chamfer
dashboard will be displayed, as shown in figure and you will be prompted to
select any number of edges to create chamfer.
The Chamfer dashboard
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Switch to set mode Button

• When this button is chosen, the drop-down list to the right of this
button in the Chamfer dashboard is also displayed.
• This drop-down list is used to specify the type of chamfer.
• The options in the drop-down list are explained next.
• DxD
The D x D option creates a chamfer such that the chamfer is created at an equal
distance from the selected edge on both the faces connected by the edge.
The D x D option
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• D1 x D2
The D1 x D2 option creates a chamfer at two user-defined distances from the selected
edge.
The D1 x D2 option
• Angle x D
The Angle x D option creates a chamfer at a user-defined distance from the selected
edge and also at a user-defined angle measured from a specified surface.
The Angle x D option

Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• 45 x D
The 45 x D option creates a chamfer at the intersection of two perpendicular surfaces.
The 45 x D option
• Switch to transition mode Button

• Using this button, you can define the shape of the chamfer that is formed at a
vertex and also to define a limit up to which the chamfer will be created.
• Figures on the next slide show the example of transition chamfer.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Various possible transitions Chamfer created using the

Default (Intersect) option
Chamfer created using the Chamfer created using the

Patch option Corner Plane option
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Sets tab
• When you choose the Sets tab in the Chamfer
dashboard, the slide-up panel will be displayed.
• All references and dimensions of the chamfer can be
specified in this slide-up panel.
• Transitions tab
• When you choose the Transitions tab, the
slide-up panel will be displayed . The Slide-up panel
• This slide-up panel displays the transitions, if of the Sets tab
they are present in a chamfer.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The Transitions tab slide-up Transition chamfer

panel
• Pieces tab
You can use it to exclude selected pieces in case there exists some ambiguity
while creating chamfers.
• Options tab
• When you choose the Options tab, the slide-up panel will which has two radio
buttons, will be displayed.
• These radio buttons allow you to make the chamfer as a surface or as a solid.
• Properties option
When you choose this option, the slide-up panel will be displayed, which shows the
feature identity.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Understanding Ribs
• Ribs are defined as thin wall-like structures used to bind the joints together so that
they do not fail under an increased load.
• In Pro/ENGINEER, the section for the rib is sketched as an open section and can
be extruded equally in both the directions of the sketch plane or on either side.
• The procedure of creating a rib is similar to that of creating an extrusion. Figure A
shows a rotational rib and Figure B shows a straight rib.
Figure A The rotational rib feature Figure B The straight rib feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Creating Ribs
• Ribs are created using the Rib dashboard shown in the figure given below.
• The Rib dashboard will be displayed when you choose Insert > Rib from
the menu bar or choose the Rib Tool button from the Engineering
Features toolbar.
The Rib dashboard
• References tab
• When you choose the References tab, the slide-up panel will be displayed.
• In the slide-up panel, the Sketch collector shows Select 1 item.
• This indicates that the sketch for the rib feature is not drawn.
• To draw the sketch, choose the Define button.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• The Flip button is used to flip the side where the material should be added.
• This button will be available only when you draw the sketch and exit the
sketcher environment.
• Change the thickness option between both sides, side 1, and side 2
button
• This button is available on the Rib dashboard only when the sketch of the
rib is drawn and you exit the sketcher environment.
• You have an option to extrude the sketch on either sides of the sketching
plane or symmetrically to both sides of the sketching plane.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Editing Features of a Model

• Editing is one of the most important aspects of product design.
• Most of the designs require editing during their creation or after they are created.
• As mentioned earlier, Pro/ENGINEER is a parametric and feature-based solid
modeling software. Hence the features constituting a model can be individually
edited.
• The six counter bore holes are converted into eight countersink holes in the
figures shown below.
Six counter bore holes Eight countersink holes
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Editing Definition or Redefining Features

• Editing the definition of features allow you to make changes in the parameters
that were used to create it.
• You can also modify the sketches of the sketched features by editing their
definition.
• A feature is redefined only when it is completed.
• Reordering Features
• Reordering the features is defined as the process of changing the sequence of
feature creation in a model.
• Sometimes after creating a model, it may be required to change the order in
which the features of the model were created.
• A feature can be placed before or after another feature.
• For this purpose, the Model Tree or the FEAT menu is used.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The FEAT menu The SELECT FEAT The REORDER submenu

submenu
Model with pattern Model after creating the Model after reordering
shell feature the features
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Rerouting Features
• The References option available in the Edit menu is used to modify the
references of a feature and in turn break the parent-child relation that exists
between the selected feature and the other features.
• The rerouting of features is done using the References option.
• Suppressing Features
• When you do not want a feature to be displayed in the drawing area or to
show up in the drawing views of a model then that feature can be suppressed.
• Once the feature is suppressed, it will neither be displayed in the drawing area
nor in the drawing views.
• Deleting a Feature
• The feature that is not required can be deleted from the model.
• Right-click on the feature in the Model Tree or in the drawing area to invoke the
shortcut menu.
• From this menu, choose the Delete option.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Modifying a Feature
• Once a feature is created, you can still modify it by modifying its dimensions.
• This editing operation reflects the parametric nature of Pro/ENGINEER.
• Right-click on the feature in the Model Tree or in the drawing area to invoke the
shortcut menu.
• From this menu, choose the Edit option.
• The dimensions are displayed in the drawing area. Double click the dimension to
be modified and type the required value in the edit box that appears.
• Dynamically Modifying the Sketch of a Feature

• If you want to modify the sketch of a feature without entering the sketcher
environment, then you need to modify it dynamically.
• Select the feature in the drawing area using the left mouse button.
• The selected feature is highlighted in red, hold down the right mouse button to
invoke the shortcut menu. From this menu, choose the Edit option.
• The selected feature is highlighted in red and the dimensions appear on the feature.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 1
Create the model shown in Figure A. The dimensions, and the front, top, and left-side
views of the model are also shown in the same figure. (Expected time: 45 min)
Figure A Left side view, front view, and

the top view of the model with dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a. Examine the model (Figure B) and determine the number of features in it. The
model is composed of eight features.
Figure B Isometric shaded

view of the model
b. Create the base feature on the FRONT datum plane. (Figure C and Figure D)
Figure C Sketch with dimensions Figure D Front face of the base

and constraints for the base feature feature selected to be at the bottom
while sketching
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. Create the second extrude feature on the TOP datum plane.(Figure E and Figure F )
Figure E Sketch with dimensions and Figure F The default trimetric

constraints for the second feature view of the completed second
feature and the base feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
d. The sketch of the third feature will be created on the front planar surface of the
second feature and will be extruded on one side of the sketching plane. The
depth of extrusion is 10. (Figure F and Figure G)
Figure F Planar surface Figure G Sketch for the third

selected as the sketching feature with dimensions and
plane for the third feature constraints
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
e. On the front planar surface of the third feature (Figure H), the sketch of the
cylindrical feature (Figure I) will be drawn and extrusion will be on both sides
of the plane. The depth of extrusion on one side is 12 and on the other side
is 13.
Figure H Sketching plane Figure I Sketch for the

for the cylindrical feature cylindrical feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
f. The next feature is a hole that is coaxial to the cylindrical feature This hole will
be created using the HOLE dashboard. (Figure J and Figure K ).
Figure J Planar face Figure K Coaxial hole created

on the cylindrical feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
g. The next two features that will be created are rounds. The two rounds have
different radii. Hence, they will be created using the Sets tab. (Figure L and
Figure M)
Figure L Faces for creating Figure M Faces for

round of radius 5 creating round of radius 15
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
h. The last feature is a rib. The sketch for this feature (Figure N) will be drawn
on the RIGHT datum plane. The rib is created (Figure O).
Figure N Open sketch of the Figure O The default trimetric

rib feature with dimensions view of the model
and constraints
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
i. Save the model and close the window.
The Model Tree for Tutorial 1
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 2
In this tutorial, you will create the model shown in Figure A. The dimensions of the
Figure A Isometric view Figure B Front view and right-side view

of the solid model of the model for Tutorial 2
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a. Examine the model and determine the number of features in it. The model is
composed of four features; one at the bottom (base feature), one cylindrical
feature, one hole feature on the cylindrical feature, and one rib feature.
b. Select the sketching plane for the base feature, draw the sketch using the sketcher
tools (Figure C), apply the constraints and dimensions, and then extrude the
sketch to the given depth. (Figure D)
Figure C Sketch with dimensions Figure D The default trimetric

and constraints for the base feature view of the base feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. Select the sketching plane for the cylindrical feature, draw the sketch using
the sketcher tools (Figure E), apply the dimensions and constraints, and
then extrude the sketch to the given depth (Figure F).
Figure E Sketch and dimensions Figure F Model with cylindrical feature

for cylindrical feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
d. Create the hole on the cylindrical feature using the Hole dashboard
(Figure G).
Figure G Model with the hole feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
e. Create a sketching plane for the rib feature, draw the sketch using the
sketcher tools (Figure H), apply the dimensions and constraints, and then
give the thickness to the sketch. (Figure I)
Figure H Sketch for the Figure I The default trimetric

rib feature with the model view of the final model
display set to No Hidden
f. Save the model and close the window.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 3
In this tutorial, you will create the model shown in Figure A. The dimensions, the front
and the right-side views of the model are shown in Figure B.
Figure A Isometric Figure B Front and right-side views of

view of the model the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
composed of four features; one is the base feature, one cut feature, one
counter bore hole on the front planar surface of the base feature, and one
round feature.
sketcher tools (Figure C), apply the dimensions and constraints, and then
extrude the sketch to the given depth. (Figure D)
Figure C Sketch with dimensions Figure D The default trimetric

and constraints for the base feature view of the base feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. Create a sketching plane for the cut feature, draw the sketch using the
sketcher tools (Figure E), apply the dimensions and constraints, and then
extrude the sketch to both sides of the plane. (Figure F)
Figure E Sketch with dimensions Figure F The default trimetric

and constraints for the cut feature view of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
d. Create the hole. (Figure G)
Figure G Cross-section of Figure H Edges to be selected Figure I Model with

the hole with dimensions for placing the hole the hole feature
and constraints
e. Save the model and close the window.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 4
Create the model shown in Figure A. The dimensions, top view, front section view,
and right section view of the model are shown in Figure B. (Expected time: 45 min)
Figure A Isometric view of the Figure B Top view, front section view,
model and right section view of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
composed of five features: one at the bottom (base feature), one cut feature on
the base feature, one protrusion on the top of the base feature, and two cut
features that will create one hole at the top and two holes on the base feature.
sketching tools, apply the dimensions and constraints, and then extrude the
sketch to the given depth, see Figure C and D.
Figure C Sketch of base feature Figure D Base feature after extrusion
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. To create the cut feature, select the bottom face of the base feature as the
sketching plane, draw the sketch (Figure E), apply dimensions and constraints,
and then extrude the sketch (Figure F). The model, after creating the cut
feature is shown in Figure G.
Figure E Sketch with dimensions Figure F The preview of the

and constraints for the cut feature cut feature
Figure G Model after

creating the cut feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
d. To create the protrusion feature, you need to create a datum plane offset to the
top face of the base feature (Figure H), draw the sketch using the sketching
tools (Figure I), apply dimensions and constraints, and then extrude the sketch,
see Figure J.
Figure H DTM1 created Figure I Sketch for the cylindrical Figure J Model after
at an offset distance feature creating the cylindrical
feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
e. The next feature is a counterbore hole. You will sketch the section of the
counterbore hole (Figure K) and then select the top face of the cylindrical feature
as the placement plane. This hole is coaxial with the cylindrical feature, see
Figure L.
Figure K Sketch with dimensions Figure L Model with the counterbore hole
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
f. The last feature is the set of two straight holes that are created on the top face
of the base feature, see Figure M. The model, after creating the two datum
axes is shown in Figure N.
Figure M Surface to be selected Figure N The two datum axes

for creating the datum axis
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
g. Choose the Save the active object button from the File toolbar and save the
model.
Model after creating two holes The Model Tree for Tutorial 4
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 1
Create the model shown in Figure A. The dimensions and front and top views of the
model shown in Figure B. (Expected time: 45 min)
Figure A Isometric view of Figure B Top and front views

the model for Exercise 1 of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 2
Create the model shown in Figure A. The dimensions and front and right-side views
of the model shown in Figure B. (Expected time: 30 min)
Figure A Isometric view of Figure B Front and the right side view of
the model for Exercise 2 the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 3
Create the model shown in Figure A. The dimensions and front and right-side views
of the model shown in Figure B. (Expected time: 30 min)
Figure A Isometric view of Figure B Front view and the right-side view
the model for Exercise 3 of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Create a Dimension pattern.
• Create a Direction pattern.
• Create an Axis pattern.
• Create a Fill pattern.
• Create a Reference pattern.
• Create a Table-driven pattern.
• Create a Curve-driven pattern.
• Control the size of the pattern instances using constraints in the sketcher
environment.
• Use the Copy option.
• Use the Move option.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Use the Mirror option.

• Use the Mirror Tool button.
• Create section of a model.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Creating Feature Patterns

Patterns are one or two dimensional incremental array of features created from a
single feature called the parent feature or the leader. When a pattern is created, the
leader also becomes a part of the pattern.
• Uses of Patterns
• Patterns create multiple copies of a feature, and therefore, save time that would
otherwise be spent in creating the features individually.
• All instances in a pattern, including the parent feature, act as a single feature.
Therefore, they can be easily suppressed or mirrored.
• All instances in a pattern are related parametrically. Therefore, you can modify the
number of instances in a pattern, the spacing between the instances, and other
pattern related parameters.
• If the dimensions of the parent feature are modified, then the dimensions of the child
features are also modified.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Creating Patterns
• In Pro/ENGINEER, patterns are created by choosing the Pattern Tool
button from the Edit Features toolbar present in the Right Toolchest.
• When you choose this button, the Pattern dashboard is displayed.
The Pattern dashboard

• Drop-down list
The Drop-down list contains the various types of patterns. There are seven types of
patterns that can be created in Pro/ENGINEER.
• Dimension pattern
Hole patterned in
Part with a hole two directions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Direction Pattern
Linear curve selected to Direction pattern

create a direction pattern
• Axis Pattern
The Axis option is used to create rotational patterns.
The Pattern dashboard with the Axis option selected
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Parameters for the axis pattern Rotational pattern Pattern created in both
created using the axis circular and linear directions
• Fill Pattern
Fill patterns are used to fill the sketched area by a selected feature.
The Pattern dashboard with the Fill option selected
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Fill pattern in Square shape Fill pattern in Diamond Fill pattern in the Triangle
in the square sketched area shape in the square shape in the sketched triangle
sketched area
Fill pattern in Circle shape Fill pattern in Spiral shape Fill pattern in Curve shape
in the sketched circle in the sketched circle in the sketched curve
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Reference pattern
In the reference pattern, an existing pattern is referenced to create a new pattern
Rib feature referenced Rib feature is reference patterned

to the hole feature
• Table pattern
• Table-driven patterns are created by defining a table.
• In this table you need to specify the dimensions of the instances from
the edge or faces from where the leader of the pattern is referenced
(leader of a pattern is the feature that is selected to create a pattern).
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The Pattern dashboard with the Table option selected
• You can create more than one table to create a pattern.

• You can choose the Edit button to display the Pro/TABLE.
The Pro/TABLE
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Table-driven feature Coordinate values of instances
• Curve driven pattern

The curve option is used to create patterns along user-defined curves.
The Pattern dashboard with the Curve option selected
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Model with the feature to be The curve driven pattern

patterned and the sketched curve
• Options Tab
• When you choose the Options tab, the slide-up panel
will be displayed, as shown in figure on the right.
• The options in this slide-up panel are discussed next.
The Options slide-up panel
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Identical pattern
• The Identical option is used to create an identical pattern.
• You need to select at least one incremental dimension to pattern the feature.
• Depending upon the incremental dimension selected, the resultant pattern will be
linear or rotational.
• Figure A shows a hole feature on the base feature and Figure B shows holes
patterned linearly.
Figure A Hole on Figure B Hole patterned

base feature on the base feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Similarly, Figure C shows a hole feature on the base feature and Figure D shows
the rotational pattern of the hole feature.
Figure C Hole on Figure D Rotational

the base feature pattern of hole feature
• Variable Pattern
• The Variable type of pattern is used when the instances vary in size.
• In this type of pattern, the instances can be placed on different surfaces and
can also intersect with the edges of the placement surface.
• The feature shown in Figure A is patterned using the Variable option and
is shown in Figure B.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure A A rod on Figure B Varying

the base feature pattern of the rod
• General Pattern
• The most complex patterns can be created using the General pattern.
• This option is used to create patterns in which the instances touch each other
and intersect with other instances or the edges of the surface.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The hole shown in Figure C is patterned using the General option and is shown
in Figure D.
Figure C Hole on the base feature Figure D General pattern
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Deleting a Pattern
• You can delete a pattern by selecting it from the Model Tree.
• Select the pattern feature from the Model Tree and right-click
to invoke the shortcut menu.
• Choose the Delete Pattern option from the shortcut menu.
¾ Copying Features
• The Copy option is used for copying and mirroring the
selected features.
• This option reduces the time required in the model creation
and also helps in maintaining its design intent.
• When you choose the Copy option from the FEAT menu, the
COPY FEATURE submenu appears.
• The various options of this submenu are discussed next.
The COPY FEATURE

submenu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• New Refs
• The New Refs option is used to copy a feature by varying the dimension values and
by selecting new references. The references can be edges, axes, or placement planes.
• Using the GP VAR DIMS menu, you can select the dimensions that are to be varied
while copying a feature with new references.
• The options in the WHICH REF menu enables us to keep the same references or the
new references.
The GP VAR DIMS menu The WHICH REF

menu
• Same Refs
When you use the Same Refs option, you have the flexibility to vary the dimensions
of the copied features.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Mirror
• The Mirror option is used to copy a feature by mirroring it about a specified datum
plane or a face.
• When you invoke this option, you will be prompted to select the features to be
mirrored.
• Once you select the features to be mirrored, you are prompted to select a plane or
create a datum about which the features will be mirrored.
• Figure A shows a rib feature that is to be mirrored and Figure B shows the model
after mirroring the rib feature.
Figure A Rib feature Figure B Mirrored rib

and the mirror plane feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Move
• The Move option is used to copy features by translating or rotating them. When you
invoke this option, you will be prompted to select the features to be translated.
• After selecting the features, you will be prompted to define the movements by
combination of translation and rotation.
• The MOVE FEATURE submenu will be displayed.
MOVE FEATURE
submenu
• Translating the Features
• You can select a feature from the drawing area or from the Model Tree to
copy it while translating it.
• You need to specify a perpendicular plane to define the direction, in which the
feature will be copied, and also the offset distance.
• You can also select multiple features to copy.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Rotating the Features

• You can select a feature from the drawing area or from the Model Tree and
then rotate it about an axis, edge, datum curve, or coordinate system.
• Using this option you can select multiple features to copy.
• Select
• The Select option provides the flexibility of choosing the features to be copied.
• When you use this option, you need to select the features from the
drawing area or from the Model Tree.
• You can select any number of features to copy.
• All Feat
• The All Feat option is available only when you copy a feature using the Mirror or
the Move option.
• When you use this option, all features created are copied.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• FromDifModel
• The FromDifModel option is used to copy a feature from a different model.
• This option is available only when you are using the New Refs option of the COPY
FEATURE submenu.
• FromDifVers
You can copy features from a different version of the current model using the
FromDifVers option.
• Independent option
The Independent option specifies that the dimensions of the copied features are
independent of the dimensions of the parent feature.
• Dependent option
The Dependent option specifies that the dimensions of the copied features are
dependent on the dimensions of the parent feature.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Mirroring a Geometry
• By using the Mirror Tool button, the whole model can be mirrored
about a specified datum plane.
• All features in the mirrored model are related to the parent model.
• Figure A shows a model and a datum plane for mirroring the model.
• Figure B shows the resulting mirrored model.
Figure A Model and a Plane Figure B Resulting mirrored model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Creating a Section of the Solid Model

• The complex geometry of a model sometimes needs sectioning so that you can see
the inner sections of various features that are not visible from outside.
• Choose View > View Manager from the menu bar.
• The View Manager dialog box will be displayed, as shown in the figure on the right.
• In EDIT METHOD menu, the methods of representing a model are listed.
The View Manager The EDIT METHOD menu

dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Work Region Method

• This method of representing a model is very similar to
removing material (creating cut) from a model.
• Choose the Work Region option from the EDIT METHOD

menu.
• The SOLID OPTS submenu will be displayed.
The SOLID OPTS submenu
Solid model Sketch of the section lines The sectioned model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 1
In this tutorial, you will create the model shown in Figure A. This figure also shows the
isometric, top, front, and right-side views of the model. (Expected time: 30 min)
Figure A Isometric, top, front, and right side

views of the model with dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
composed of four features. (Figure B)
Figure B Isometric
view of the model
b. The base feature is an extruded feature. First the sketch of the base feature
(Figure C) will be created on the TOP datum plane and then it will be extruded to
a depth of 9. (Figure D)
Figure C Sketch for base feature Figure D The default trimetric

view of the base feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. The second feature is also an extruded feature. The sketch of the second
feature (Figure E and Figure F) will be created on the right planar surface
of the base feature and then it will be extruded to a depth of 9. (Figure G)
Figure E Sketch of the second Figure F Sketch for the second feature
feature with weak dimensions
Figure G Model after creating

the second feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
d. The third feature is the same as the second feature, and therefore, a copy of it
will be created by defining new references. (Figure H)
Figure H The copied third feature

e. The fourth feature is the same as the third feature and therefore, a mirror copy of
it will be created. (Figure I)
Figure I Last feature after mirroring
f. Save the model and then close the window.

Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 2
In this tutorial, you will create the model shown in Figure A. The dimensions of the
model are given in the top view and front view of the model shown in Figure B.
Figure A Solid model for Tutorial 2 Figure B Top view and

front view of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
composed of ten features.
b. The base feature is an extruded feature. First the sketch of the base feature will
be created on the FRONT datum plane (Figure C) and then it will be extruded to
a depth of 60. (Figure D)
Figure C Sketch with dimensions and Figure D Default Trimetric

constraints for the base feature view of the base feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. The second feature is a round of radius 5 on the top portion of the base feature.
For creating this feature select the edges. (Figure E)
Figure E Edges to be selected

to round
d. The third feature is also a round feature of radius 10 on the bottom portion of the
base feature. (Figure F)
Figure F Round of radius 10

Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
e. The fourth feature is a hole feature (Figure G) and then this hole will be
patterned. After you pattern the hole feature (Figure H), the hole and the pattern
features will be combined in a single feature.
Figure G The hole feature Figure H Model after patterning

on the base feature the hole
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
f. The fifth feature is a rib feature. The sketch of the rib feature will be created
on the FRONT datum plane (Figure I) and then the given thickness will be
applied to it. (Figure J)
Figure I Fully constrained sketch for Figure J Model after creating

the rib feature the rib feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
g. The sixth feature is the mirror copy of the rib feature. (Figure K)
Figure K Model after

mirroring the rib
h. The seventh feature is an extruded feature. The sketch for this feature (Figure L)
will be created on the top planar surface of the base feature and then it will be
extruded to the given distance. (Figure M)
Figure L Sketch with dimensions Figure M The default trimetric

and constraints for the extruded view after creating the extruded
feature feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
i. The eighth feature is a cut feature. The sketch for this feature (Figure N) will
be created on the bottom planar surface of the base feature and then it will be
extruded to the given distance. (Figure O)
Figure N Sketch for the cut Figure O Model after

feature with dimensions creating the cut feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
j. The ninth feature is a hole feature created on the seventh feature. (Figure P)
Figure P Hole feature

on the extruded feature
k. The tenth feature is the copied feature of previous hole created on the
seventh feature. (Figure Q)
Figure Q The copied hole feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
l. Save the model and close the window.
The Model Tree for Tutorial

2
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 3
In this tutorial, you will create the model shown in Figure A. Figure B shows the top
view and front views of the model. (Expected time: 30 min)
Figure A Isometric view of the model Figure B Top view and

front view of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
composed of five features.
b. The base feature is an extruded feature. First the sketch of the base feature
(Figure C) will be created on the TOP datum plane and then it will be extruded
to a depth of 32. (Figure D)
Figure C Sketch with dimensions Figure D Default trimetric view

and constraints for the base feature of the base feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. The second feature is a cylindrical extruded feature. The sketch of the

second feature (Figure E) will be created on the top planar surface of the
base feature and then it will be extruded to a depth of 58. (Figure F)
Figure E Sketch of the cylindrical Figure F Default trimetric view

feature with diameter of the cylinder of the cylindrical feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
d. The third feature is a hole feature and this hole is coaxial with the cylindrical
feature. (Figure G)
Figure G Coaxial hole on

the cylindrical feature
e. The fourth feature is a hole feature and will be created on the top planar surface
of the base feature (Figure H). A rectangular pattern of this hole will be created.
(Figure I)
Figure H Hole on the base feature Figure I Rectangular pattern

of the hole feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
f. The fifth feature is also a hole feature and will be created on the top planar
surface of the cylindrical feature (Figure J). A rotational pattern of this hole
will be created. (Figure K)
Figure J Diametrical hole Figure K Model after patterning

on the cylindrical feature the hole feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
g. Save the model and close the window.
The Model Tree for Tutorial 3
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 4
In this tutorial, you will create the model of the cylinder head shown in Figure A.
Figure B shows the top view and front section view of the model.
Figure A Isometric view of the model Figure B Top view and front section
view of the model of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
composed of twelve features.
b. The base feature is a protrusion feature. First the sketch of the base feature
(Figure C) will be created on the TOP datum plane and then it will be extruded
to a depth of 4 (Figure D).
Figure C Sketch of base feature Figure D Default trimetric view of

with dimensions and constraints the base feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. The second feature is a set of rounds created on the edges of the four corners.
(Figure E)
Figure E Model with the rounds

d. The third feature is a cylindrical feature and is created on the bottom face of the
base feature. (Figure F)
Figure F Model after creating the

cylindrical feature at the bottom
face
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
e. The fourth feature is a revolve cut and will be created on the plane passing
through the center of the cylindrical feature. (Figure G and Figure H)
Figure G Sketch of the revolve feature Figure H Revolve cut feature

with dimensions and constraints
f. The fifth feature is a fin that later will be patterned. The cross-section of the
fin (Figure I) will be sketched on the plane passing through the center of the
cylindrical feature and then the sketch will be extruded on both the sides of
the plane, see Figure J. A pattern of this fin will be created by constraining
the sketch, see Figure K.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure I Sketch for the fin feature Figure J Fin created

with two weak dimensions on the base feature
Figure K Pattern of the fin feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
g. The sixth feature is a cut feature that will remove the projections of the fins that
are projecting out of the base feature. This cut feature will be created on the
bottom face of the base feature, see Figure L.
Figure L Model after trimming

the fins by creating the cut
h. The seventh feature is a circular cut that will be created on the top face of the base
feature (Figure M). This cut feature cuts the fins in the circular shape, see Figure N.
Figure M Sketch Figure N Model after

of the cut feature creating the cut
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
i. The eighth feature is a cylindrical feature that will be created on the top face of
the base feature. The sketch of this feature is drawn by using the edge of the
circular cut feature, see Figure O.
Figure O Model after creating

j. The ninth feature is a cut feature, see Figure P. This feature is reference patterned
after creation, to create its other instances, see Figure Q.
Figure P Model Figure Q Model after

after creating cut patterning the cut feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
k. The tenth feature is a cylindrical feature and is created on the top face of the base
feature, see Figure R. Later, this feature is reference patterned, see Figure S.
Figure R Model after creating Figure S Model after creating

the cylindrical feature the reference pattern of the
cylindrical feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
l. The eleventh feature is a coaxial hole. After creating the feature, create a
reference pattern of this hole, see Figure T.
Figure T Model after creating the

reference pattern of the hole feature
m. The last feature is a hole that is created on the top face of eighth feature. This hole
is coaxial with the cylindrical feature on which it is being created, see Figure U.
Figure U Model after creating the

hole on the cylindrical feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
n. Save the model and close the window.
The Model Tree of Tutorial

4
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 1
Create the model shown in Figure A. The top view, front view, right-side view,
detailed, and sectioned views of the model are shown in Figure B.
Figure A Solid model for Exercise 1 Figure B Top, front, right-side, detailed,
and sectioned views of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 2
Create the model shown in Figure A. This figure also shows the isometric view, top
view, front view, and the right-side view of the model. (Expected time: 30 min)
Figure A Top, front, right-side, and isometric

views of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 3
Create the model shown in Figure A. The top view and front view are shown in
Figure A Isometric view of the model Figure B Top view and

front views of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 4
Create the model shown in Figure A. The top and sectioned right-side views are
shown in the Figure B. (Expected time: 45 min)
Figure A Solid model for Exercise 4 Figure B Top view and the total aligned
sectioned view of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Create sweep feature.
• Create features using the sweep cut.
• Create parallel, rotational, and general blend.
• Use blend vertex in blend features.
• Create shell feature.
• Create datum curves.
• Create draft features.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Sweep Features
• The Sweep option extrudes a section along a defined trajectory.
• The order of operation is to first create a trajectory and then a section.
• The trajectory can be sketched or selected.
• Creating Swept Protrusions

• The Sweep option can be used for adding material or removing material, that is, for
protrusion as well as cut features.
• In the Insert > Sweep > Protrusion option that is discussed here, material defined
by the section is added in the specified path. You can also choose Sweep option
from the menu bar. The SWEEP TRAJ (Sweep Trajectory) menu appears, as
shown in the figure.
The SWEEP TRAJ menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Sketch Traj option

• The Sketch Traj (Sketch Trajectory) option is used when you want to sketch
the trajectory for the sweep feature.
• This is the most commonly used option for defining the trajectory.
• The trajectory can be open or closed. Figure A shows how the section is swept
along the sketched trajectory, and Figure B shows the shaded image of the
swept feature.
Figure A Sweep along Figure B Shaded image

the sketched trajectory
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The following points specify the combinations of trajectories and sections that are
possible/not possible to create.
• Open section and open trajectory are not possible.
• Closed section and open trajectory are possible.
• If the sketched trajectory is a closed loop then the ATTRIBUTES menu is displayed.
The ATTRIBUTES menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Following figures show the sketches for the Add Inn Fcs, and No Inn Fcs options
and their shaded images after creating the sweep features.
The Add Inn Fcs option Shaded Image
The No Inn Fcs option Swept feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Select Traj Option

• The Select Traj (Select Trajectory) option allows you to select a trajectory in the
drawing area.
• The trajectory to be selected can be an existing edge or a datum curve.
Sweep along the selected trajectory Sweep along the selected trajectory
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Sketching a Trajectory Aligned to an Existing Geometry

• When one end of the sketched trajectory is aligned to the
adjacent geometry of the existing feature, Pro/ENGINEER
provides two options.
• These options are available in the ATTRIBUTES menu that is
displayed after you complete the sketch of the trajectory and
choose the Continue with the current section button.
The ATTRIBUTES
menu
• Merge Ends
• The Merge Ends option merges the end of a sweep feature to the surface to
which the end of the trajectory is aligned.
• For this option, the trajectory should be aligned to the adjacent geometry.
• Free Ends
The Free Ends option leaves the sweep feature partially attached to the adjacent
feature even if the end of the trajectory is aligned to the adjacent geometry.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The Merge Ends and Free Ends options Shaded image
• Creating a Sweep Feature by Selecting a Trajectory

• When you choose the Select Traj option from the SWEEP TRAJ menu, the
CHAIN menu is displayed.
• You can use the CHAIN menu only if you have created a feature that will
be used to select the trajectory.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• One By One
• The One By One option of the CHAIN menu is selected by
default.
• Using this option you can select an edge or curve individually,
one by one.
• Tangnt Chain
Using this option, you can select an edge or edges tangent to
the selected edge.
• Curve Chain
You can select a chain of curves by using the Curve Chain option.
The CHAIN menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Bndry Chain
• The Bndry Chain option is used only for surface features.
• You can define a chain by selecting a quilt and using its one-sided
edges.
• When you select the edge of the quilt, it is highlighted in blue and
the CHOOSE menu is displayed.
The CHOOSE menu
• Surf Chain
• Using the Surf Chain option, you can define a chain by selecting
a surface and using its edges.
• If the surface has more than one loop, then you are prompted to
specify a loop to define the chain.
• When a surface is selected, the CHAIN OPT menu is displayed. The CHAIN OPT
menu
• Intent Chain
The Intent Chain option is used to select multiple edges.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Creating a Thin Sweep Protrusion

• The Sweep > Thin Protrusion option creates a thin sweep feature with a
specified thickness.
• In case of thin features, a certain thickness has to be specified.
• The thickness is specified on one side of the section or symmetrically to both the
sides of the section.
Two possible options to create Model created using

the same model the same sections
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Creating a Sweep Cut

• To create a Sweep Cut feature, the procedure to be followed is the same as that
in Sweep Protrusion.
• The only difference is that in case of cut features, the material is removed from
existing feature.
Trajectories for the Sweep Cut Shaded model with Sweep Cuts
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Blend Features
• Blend features are composed of two or more sections that are
joined through transitional faces at their edges so as to form a
continuous feature.
• In Pro/ENGINEER, the Blend feature is of two types,
Protrusion and Cut.
• The Blend option is used where the feature to be created has
varying cross-sections.
• To invoke this option, choose Insert > Blend > Protrusion or
Insert > Blend > Cut from the menu bar, the BLEND OPTS The BLEND OPTS
submenu is displayed. submenu
• Parallel Blend
• Parallel blends have sections that are drawn parallel to each
other with a specified distance between them.
• After choosing Parallel > Regular Sec > Sketch Sec > Done
from the BLEND OPTS submenu, the ATTRIBUTES menu is
The ATTRIBUTES
displayed.
menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Straight Option
The Straight option is used to connect the vertices of all sections in a blend
feature with straight lines.
• Smooth Option
The Smooth option is used to connect the vertices of all sections in a blend
feature with curves.
Parallel sections Parallel blend with Parallel blend with

straight edges smooth edges
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Rotational Blend
• The rotational blends have sections that are rotated about the
Y-axis up to a maximum of 120-degrees and the distance between
two sections is measured from the coordinate system.
• After choosing Rotational > Regular Sec > Sketch Sec > Done
from the BLEND OPTS submenu, the ATTRIBUTES menu is
displayed.
The ATTRIBUTES
menu
• Open option
The Open option is used when the blend feature to be created has to be kept open.
• Closed option
The Closed option is used to create a closed blend feature.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Two sections with dimensions Shaded model of rotational

and default datum planes open blend feature
• General Blend
• Using the General option, sections are translated and rotated about the X, Y, and
Z axes.
• The sections are aligned using the user-defined coordinate system.
• The coordinate system has to be manually placed in every section sketch that
constitutes the blend feature.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Using the Blend Vertex

• As mentioned earlier, each section of the blend feature must have an equal
number of entities.
• However, you can use the Blend Vertex option if the number of entities in all
sections are not equal.
• For example, to create a blend between a rectangle and a triangle, add
a blend vertex on a point other than the start point of the triangle.
Blending a square with a triangle

using the blend vertex
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Shell Option
• The Shell option scoops out the material from the model and at the same
time removes the selected faces, leaving behind a thin model with some
specified wall thickness.
• The Shell option can be invoked by choosing the Shell Tool from the
Engineering Features toolbar.
• You can also choose this option from the menu bar by choosing Insert >
Shell. The Shell dashboard is displayed, as shown in figure.
The Shell dashboard

• Constant thickness shell
The constant thickness shell is a shell that has a uniform thickness on all four
faces of the model.
• Variable Thickness Shell
The variable thickness shell has different thickness values assigned to adjacent faces.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Highlighted surface to shell Shell created on the

selected surface
Faces of the model to select Variable thickness shell

for variable thickness and the
top face to remove
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure A shows the model whose top surface is selected to be removed in order to
create a shell. Figure B shows the model after shelling. Notice that the shell thickness
is left on the selected face and the remaining material is removed.
Figure A Solid model Figure B Model after shelling

the top face
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Datum Curves
• There are various tools and options to create a datum curve.
• You can use the Insert a datum curve button from Datum toolbar to
create a datum curve.
• You can also choose Intersect, Project, and Wrap options in the Edit
menu to create a datum curve.
• Creating Datum Curve Using the Insert a datum curve Button

• The Insert a datum curve button is used to create datum curves.
• When you choose this button from the Right Toolchest, the CRV OPTIONS menu
is displayed, as shown in the figure.
The CRV OPTIONS menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Thru Points
• The Thru Points option creates a datum curve by selecting the
existing datum points or vertices.
• The resulting datum curve may be a spline curve or it may have a
user-defined radii.
• When you choose Done from this menu, the CONNECT TYPE menu
is displayed.
• Spline
The Spline option creates a datum curve in the form of a spline and
passing through the selected datum points or vertices. The CONNECT
TYPE menu
• Single Rad
• The Single Rad option creates a datum curve that has a constant radius at the bends.
• This option is called single radius because the system prompts you to specify a radius
value at the bend.
• The bend is the location on the datum curve that lies between two datum points or
vertices.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Multiple Rad
• As the name suggests, the Multiple Rad option allows you to specify radius at
every bend that occurs on a datum curve.
• Using this option, you can either specify the same radius that was specified at the
previous bend or a new radius value.
• Single Point
• The Single Point option is used to select the datum points individually.
• If the datum points are created such that they act a single feature, then, all of them
may be selected using this option.
• From File
The From File option is used to import a datum curve from IGES, VDA, *.ibl
file formats.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Use Xsec
The Use Xsec option is used to create a datum curve that has the geometry of an existing
cross-section.
• From Equation
• The From Equation option is used to create datum curves by defining equations
using the coordinate systems.
• When you choose this option, you are prompted to select a coordinate system.
• Select the default coordinate system from the drawing area.
• The SET CSYS TYP menu is displayed.
• Choose the coordinate system depending on the equation you want to use to create
a datum curve.
• If you choose the Cartesian option from the menu, the rel.ptd - Notepad window is
displayed.
• Using this notepad, you can define the equations.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The SET CSYS TYP menu Notepad window
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Creating a Datum Curve in Spiral Shape

• Choose the Cylindrical option from the SET CSYS TYP menu; the notepad is
displayed.
• Enter the following parametric equation of the spiral curve below the dashed line
in the notepad:
IR = 8
OR = 80
TURNS = 10
r = IR + t * (OR - IR)
theta = t * 360 * TURNS
z=0
• Choose File > Save from the notepad
and then exit the notepad.
• Choose OK from the dialog box to exit.
Spiral-shaped datum curve
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Creating a Datum Curve by Sketching

• The Sketched Tool button is used to sketch a datum curve using the sketcher
tools.
• This is the most commonly used option to create a datum curve.
• The sketch can be open or closed and is drawn in the sketcher environment.
• Intersect Option
• The Intersect option can be invoked by choosing Edit > Intersect from the menu
bar.
• This option is an object action tool; this means that you need to select a datum
plane and then invoke this option.
• The Intersect option creates a datum curve at the intersection of a face of the
model and a datum plane, intersection of a face of the model and a quilt surface,
and at the intersection of a quilt surface and a datum plane.
• When you choose this option, the Intersect dashboard appears, as shown in the
figure.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The Intersect dashboard
Solid model Selections to make on the Datum curve created on

model the circumferential surface
of the cylindrical feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Project Option
• The Project option projects a selected or sketched entity on one or more planar
or non-planar surfaces or datum planes.
• The projected datum curve forms a true projection of the selected or sketched
entity on the specified surfaces.
• The dimensions of the original entity may distort while projecting.
• Choose Edit > Project from the menu bar to display the Project dashboard.
The Project dashboard
• Surfaces Collector
The Surfaces collector is used to select the surface on which you need to project the
sketched or selected datum curve.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Direction Drop-down List

The Direction drop-down list is used to specify the method of projection of the
datum curve on the receiving surface or plane.
• Along Direction
Using the Along direction option, the true geometry is obtained after projection.
Top view of the projected Projecting a datum curve

datum curve
• Normal to Surface
This option of projecting a datum curve projects the datum curve normal to the
receiving surface.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Top view of projected datum curve Projecting a datum curve
• References Tab
• When you choose the References tab, the slide-up panel is displayed.
• Using this slide-up panel, you can select an existing datum curve or sketch a datum
curve to project.
The References tab slide-up panel

Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Project chains
The Project chains option is used when the datum curve to project exists.
• Project a sketch
• When you select the Project a sketch option from the drop-down list in the slide-up
panel, the slide-up panel appears.
• Choose the Define button to invoke the Sketch dialog box and to select the sketch
plane for the curve to be projected.
• After sketching, exit the sketcher environment and select the surface or plane on
which the curve will be projected.
The References
tab slide-up panel
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Wrap Option
• This option is used to create a datum curve by wrapping a sketched entity
around a solid or a quilt.
• Choose Edit > Wrap from the menu bar; the Wrap dashboard is displayed.
The Wrap dashboard
• References Tab
• When you choose the References tab, the slide-up panel
is displayed.
• The Define button is used to invoke the Sketch dialog

box that you can use to select the sketch plane and enter
the sketcher environment to draw the curve.
The References tab
• The Destination collector in the slide-up panel is used to slide-up panel
select the object on which you need to wrap the curve.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Options Tab
• When you choose the Options tab, the slide-up panel is displayed.
• The Ignore Intersection surface check box, when selected, ignores any
intersection surface and wraps the selected curve on the destination object.
• The Trim at boundary check box when selected trims the extra portion of the
curve that is beyond the boundary of the destination object.
Curve wrapped on the cylinder Sketch of the curve to wrap
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Creating Draft Features

• In Pro/ENGINEER, drafts are created on existing surfaces.
• Drafts are created by rotating the selected surface by a certain angle.
• One of the applications of draft features is in moulds and castings where a taper is
required to separate the casting from the mould or vice versa.
Choose the Draft Tool button from the Engineering Features toolbar;
the Draft dashboard will be displayed.
The Draft dashboard
• References Tab
When you choose the References tab, the slide-up panel is displayed. The options in
this slide-up panel are discussed next.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Draft surfaces Collector

• Click in this collector and then select the surface to which you need to add a draft
angle.
• The maximum draft angle that can be added to a surface is 30-degrees.
The References
tab slide-up panel
• Draft hinges Collector

The Draft hinges collector is used to select the hinge of the draft surface.
• Pull direction Collector

The Pull direction collector is used to specify the direction of rotation of the draft surface.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Parameters needed to create Resultant draft surface

a basic draft surface
• Split Tab
When you choose the Split tab, the slide-up panel is displayed.
The Split tab slide-up panel

• Split options Drop-down List
The options in this drop-down list are used to split the surface selected to draft.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• No Split
This option is used when you do not want to split the surface selected to give the draft
angle.
• Split by draft hinge

When you select this option, the selected surface is divided into two surfaces at the
location
Model with a split at the

draft hinge
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Split by split object

This option is used to split the surface selected to draft by drawing a sketch.
Split by split object Resultant model
• Side options Drop-down List

• The options in this drop-down list are used to specify how to apply the draft
once the surface has been split.
• The options in this drop-down list are discussed next.
Draft sides independently
The two sides of the draft surface that are formed when the surface is split can be
given different draft angles.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Draft sides dependently

The two sides of the split surface are given the same draft angle.
Draft first side only
Using this option, you can apply the draft angle only to the first side of the split surface.
Draft second side only
Using this option, you can apply the draft angle only to the second side of the split surface.
• Angles Tab
When you choose this option, the slide-up panel is displayed.
The Angles option

slide-up panel
• Constant Angle Drafts
• By default, Pro/ENGINEER creates a constant angle draft.
• This means, the same draft angle is applied to the surface that you have selected.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Variable Angle Drafts

When you apply more than one value of the draft angle to the selected surface,
it is called variable angle draft.
Base feature Location points on Location points with

the edge modified angle values
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Model with the draft feature Model of the lamp shade
• Options Tab
When you choose this tab, the slide-up panel is displayed.
The Options tab slide-up panel
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Exclude loops Collector

• This collector is used to select a surface to which you do not want to add a
draft angle.
• When you select a surface to add a draft angle, all loops that are on the
surface are applied the same draft angle.
• However, using this collector, you can select the loop to which you do not
want to add a draft angle.
Surfaces for draft After creating draft The excluded loop draft
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Draft tangent surfaces Check Box

When the Draft tangent surfaces check box is selected, it applies draft to the
surfaces tangent to the selected surface.
Single surface selected Draft applied to all the

to draft tangent surfaces
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Extend intersect surfaces Check Box

When this check box is selected, the draft surface extends in the direction of the
feature it intersects.
Draft intersects with Extend intersect

the adjacent feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Example of extend intersect Model initially created

in a draft surface
• Properties Tab
When you choose the Properties tab, the slide-up panel displays the feature id
of the feature you have created.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 1
sectioned front view, top view, and the right-side view of the solid model with
Figure A Top, front, right side, and isometric

views of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a. Examine the model (Figure B) and determine the number of features in it. The
model is composed of six features.
Figure B Isometric
view of the model
b. The base feature is a sweep feature. Select the sketching plane for the base feature,
draw the sketch of the trajectory (Figure C and Figure D) using the sketcher tools,
and then draw the section. Exit the sketcher to complete the base feature. (Figure E)
Figure C The sketch of required trajectory Figure D Dimension for the arc
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure E The default trimetric

c. The second feature is a shell of given thickness. Both the end surfaces of
the sweep feature will be removed during shelling. (Figure F)
Figure F Model after creating

the shell feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
d. The third and the fourth features are extruded features and will be created on
the two ends of the swept feature respectively. These features have different
sketching planes and hence will be created as separate features. Select the
sketching plane, draw the sketch using the sketcher tools (Figure G), apply
constraints and dimensions, and then extrude the sketch to the given distance.
(Figure H)
Figure G Sketch with dimensions Figure H The two extruded

and constraints features on the ends of the
sweep feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
e. The fifth and sixth features is a counter bore hole that will be created on the
third feature and fourth features respectively. These holes will be sketched
using the HOLE dialog box (Figure I). The model after creating the holes is
shown in Figure J.
Figure I Sketch with dimensions and Figure J One hole each on

constraints for the counterbore hole the two extruded features
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
f. The two counter bore holes will be patterned on the third and the fourth
features. (Figure K)
Figure K Model after patterning

the holes on the two extruded
features respectively
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 2
In this tutorial, you will create the model of the pencil shown in Figure A and then
change its color. Figure B shows the front view, the section view, and the detail view
of the model. (Expected time: 30 min)
Figure A Isometric view of the model Figure B Top, front, sectioned, and
detailed views of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
composed of six features.
b. The base feature is a protrusion feature in which the octagon (Figure C) is
extruded to a depth of 1500, see Figure D.
Figure C Sketch of the octagonal Figure D Octagonal

feature sketch after extruding
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. The second feature is an cylinder on the top face of the base feature, see Figure E.
Figure E Model after creating

d. The third feature is a draft feature, see Figure F.
Figure F Model after creating

the draft feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
e. The fourth feature is a revolve feature that will create the tip of the pencil, see
Figures G and H.
Figure G Sketch for Figure H Model after

the tip of the pencil creating the tip
f. The fifth feature is a revolve feature that will create the tail-end of the pencil,
see Figures I and J.
Figure I Sketch Figure J Model after

with dimensions creating the top of the
and constraints pencil
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
g. The sixth feature is the text written on the pencil. The text will be written by using
the sketched datum curve, see Figures K and L.
Figure K Text with dimensions Figure L Model after

creating the text
h. Save the model and close the window.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 3
In this tutorial, you will create a blend feature shown in Figure A. The two views of the
blend feature are shown in Figure B with dimensions. After creating the model, you
will redefine it such that the straight blending is changed into smooth blending.
Figure A Isometric view Figure B Top and front

of the model views of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a. Examine the blend feature and determine the number of sections in it. The
blend consists of four sections.
b. Select the sketching plane for the blend feature. Draw the first section, apply
dimensions and constraints (Figure C), and then toggle the section to draw the
sketch for the second section.
Figure C First rectangular section

with dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. Draw the second section, apply the dimensions and constraints (Figure D) and
then toggle the section to draw the third section.
Figure D The two completed

sections
d. Draw the third section and then the fourth section, apply the dimensions and
constraints. (Figure E)
Figure E All four completed

sections before giving depth
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
e. Give the depth between section numbers 1 and 2, 2 and 3, and 3 and 4. (Figure F)
Figure F Shaded model

f. Redefine the model to change the straight blending into a smooth blending.
(Figure G)
Figure G Smooth blend feature

Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 4
In this tutorial, you will create the model of a tap shown in Figure A. All dimensions for
the three sections are shown in the same figure. (Expected time: 30 min)
Figure A Sectioned, left-side, front, and

top views of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a. Examine the model and determine the number of sections in the blend feature.
The model consists of three sections. The first section is the bottom of tap. The
second section is tilted at 50-degree with respect to Y-axis and the third section
is further located 30-degree with respect to Y-axis.
b. Select the sketching plane for the blend feature, draw the first section, insert a
coordinate system, apply dimensions and constraints (Figure B) and then
continue to the second section.
Figure B Sketch with dimensions

and constraints of section 1
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. Draw the second section, insert a coordinate system, apply dimensions and
constraints (Figure C) and then continue to the third section.
Figure C Sketch with dimensions

and constraints of section 2
d. Draw the third section, insert a coordinate system, apply dimensions and
constraints (Figure D) and then specify the distance between the sections.
Figure D Third section

of the blend feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
e. The blend feature is completed. (Figure E)
Figure E Blend model
f. Shell the model by removing the two end surfaces of the blend feature. (Figure F)
Figure F Model after shelling
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 1
Create the foundation bolt shown in Figure A. The dimensions are shown in Figure B.
Figure A Model for Figure B Figure for

Exercise1 Exercise 1
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 2
In this exercise, you will create the model shown in Figure A. Figure B shows the
sectioned front view, top view, and the right-side view of the model with dimensions.
Figure A Model for Exercise 2 Figure B Top, front, and right-side views
of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 3
In this exercise, you will create the model of a soap case shown in Figure A. Figure B
shows the sectioned front view, top view, right-side view, and the detail view with
Figure A Isometric view of the Figure B Top, sectioned front, right-side,

soap case and detail views of the soap case
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 4
In this exercise, you will create the model of a carburetor cover shown in Figure A.
Figure B shows the sectioned top view, sectioned front view, sectioned right-side
view, and the sectioned bottom view with dimensions. (Expected time: 45 min)
Figure A Isometric view of Figure B Top view, sectioned front view,

the carburetor cover sectioned right-side view, and sectioned
bottom view of the carburetor cover
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Use various advanced options for creating complex models.
• Create features using Variable Section Sweep option.
• Create features using Swept Blend option.
• Create features using Helical Sweep option.
• Create features using Blend Section to Surfaces option.
• Create features using Blend between Surfaces option.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Advanced Feature Creation Tools

• Pro/ENGINEER facilitates the design process with some advanced options to create
complex features with greater ease.
• All these options are available in the Insert menu present in the menu bar.
• Variable Section Sweep Option

• The Variable Section Sweep option can be invoked from the Insert menu in
the menu bar or you can choose the Variable Section Sweep Tool button
from the Base Features toolbar.
• This option is used to create a sweep feature in which the section of the
sweep feature varies along the shape of the trajectories.
• This feature is created using more than one trajectory.
• The section is swept along the origin trajectory and the variation of the
section is controlled by the X-trajectory and the other trajectories.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The Variable Section Sweep dashboard

• References Tab
When you choose the References tab, the slide-up panel
will be displayed.
• Trajectories collector
• This collector is used for selecting the trajectories after
drawing the section.
• The trajectories that you select are listed in this collector.
The References tab slide-up
• The first trajectory that you select is by default listed as panel
the origin trajectory.
• Section plane control drop-down list
The options in this list are used to specify the direction of the section in which it
start sweeping.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Normal to Trajectory option

• When you use the Normal to Trajectory option to create the variable sweep, the
section is normal to the origin trajectory and is swept along the X trajectory.
• The section should be aligned with the X trajectory to sweep along it.
• If the section is not aligned with the X trajectory, then this option works similar to
the Sweep option and the section is swept along the origin trajectory only.
The two trajectories Variable section sweep

feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
In Figure C, the X trajectory and the origin trajectory are interchanged and
the sweep feature that is obtained is shown in Figure D.
Figure C The two trajectories Figure D Resulting variable

and section section sweep feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Normal to Projection option

• The Normal to projection option is used to create a variable section sweep feature
in which the section is normal to the two-dimensional (2D) projection of trajectories.
• The swept section is normal to the origin trajectory and the variation in the section is
controlled by the X-trajectory and the other trajectories.
• To use this option, you need to select or sketch an origin trajectory, an X-trajectory,
other trajectories, if required, and the direction of projection.
• The direction of projection can be specified by using the default coordinate system.
Trajectories and the section Resulting swept surface
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Constant Normal Direction option

• The Constant Normal Direction option is used to create a variable section
sweep in which the section to be swept is normal to an edge, normal of the
selected plane, or an axis.
• The figures below explain the difference between the Normal to Trajectory
option and the Constant Normal Direction option.
Origin trajectory and Swept feature on the

the pivot plane base feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Options Tab
When you choose the Options tab, the slide-up panel will be displayed, as shown in
figure on the right.
Options tab slide-up

panel
• Variable section
This option is used to create a sweep feature whose section
varies along the trajectory.
• Constant section
This option is used to create a sweep feature whose section is constant throughout
the trajectory.
• Sketch placement point collector
• If you click in this collector to activate it and then select a datum point that lies on the
origin trajectory, the section will start from that point.
• This means that the selected datum point becomes the start point of the trajectory.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Swept Blend
• The Swept Blend feature is a combination of sweep and blend.
• Choose Insert > Swept Blend from the menu bar; the Swept Blend dashboard will
be displayed.
The Swept Blend dashboard
• It is recommended that you should have the trajectories present in the drawing area
so that they can be selected for the creation of swept blend feature.
• The options in the Swept Blend dashboard are discussed next.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• References Tab
When you choose the References tab, the slide-up panel will be displayed.
The References tab

slide-up panel
• Trajectories collector
• This collector is used for selecting the trajectories after drawing the section.
• The trajectories that you select are listed in this collector.
• The first trajectory that you select is by default listed as the origin trajectory.
• Section plane control drop-down List

The options in this list are used to specify the direction of the section in which the
section starts sweeping.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Normal to Trajectory option

This option is used to sweep the section normal to the origin throughout the trajectory.
• Normal to Projection option

The Normal to Projection option is used to create a swept blend in which the
section to be swept is normal to the origin trajectory.
• Constant Normal Direction option

The Constant Normal Direction option is used to create a swept blend in which the
section is perpendicular to normal trajectory and is swept along origin trajectory.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Figure A shows the three rectangular sections.

• The three sections are connected through a trajectory by connecting their vertices.
• The shaded view of the model is shown in Figure B.
• The model is also shelled.
Figure A Three sections in Figure B Shaded view of the feature

swept blend
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Section Tab
When you choose the Sections tab, the slide-up panel will be displayed.
• Selected Sections
This option is used to select an existing section that will be used
to create a swept blend.
• Sketched Sections
The Sketched Sections option is used to sketch the section that
will be used to create the swept blend.
The Sections tab

• Options Tab slide-up panel
When you choose the Options tab, the slide-up panel will be displayed.
The Options tab

slide-up panel
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Helical Sweep
• The Helical Sweep option is used to create helical swept features.
• You have to define a trajectory that will specify the shape the and
height of the helix, a pitch value, and a cross-section to create a
helical feature using this option.
• When you choose this option, the ATTRIBUTES menu will be
displayed.
• Figure A shows the parameters to be defined for the helical The ATTRIBUTES
sweep and Figure B shows the resulting helical sweep feature. menu
Figure A Sweep trajectory,

sweep section, and axis of Figure B The
rotation to create a helical resulting helical
feature feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Constant
The Constant option is used to create a helical feature with constant pitch as
shown in Figure A.
• Variable
The Variable option is used to create a helical feature of varying pitch. The helical
sweep feature with variable pitch is shown in Figure B.
Figure A Helical sweep feature Figure B Helical sweep

with constant pitch feature with variable pitch
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Thru Axis
The Thru Axis option is used to create a helical feature around an axis.
• Norm To Traj
The Norm To Traj option is used to create a helical feature perpendicular to the
sketched trajectory.
• Right Handed
The Right Handed option is used to create a helical feature in which the section is
swept in the counterclockwise direction from the start sketch.
• Left Handed
The Left Handed option is used to create a helical feature in which the section is
swept in the clockwise direction from the start sketch.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Blend Section to Surfaces

• The Blend Section to Surfaces option is used to blend a selected set of tangential
surfaces with a sketched contour.
• You can invoke this option by choosing Insert > Advanced > Blend Section To
Surfaces from the menu bar.
• Figure A shows the section to be blended with the selected set of tangential
surfaces and Figure B shows the resulting blended feature.
Figure A Highlighted set of Figure B Feature created using

tangential surfaces and the the Sect to Srfs option
contour sketch
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Blend Between Surfaces

• The Blend Between Surfaces option is used to create a blending between two
curved quilts, two curved solid surfaces, or the combination of the both.
• You can invoke this option by choosing Insert > Advanced > Blend Between
Surfaces from the menu bar.
• Figure A shows the two spheres to be blended and Figure B shows the
resulting blended feature created using this option.
• Figure C shows the two curved features to be blended and Figure D shows the
resulting blended feature created using this option.
Figure A Two spheres to be Figure B The resulting

blended blended surface.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure C Two curved features Figure D The resulting

to be blended blended surface
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 1
sectioned top, front, and right-side and isometric views of the model.
Figure B Sectioned-top, front, right- side, and

isometric views of the model with dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
composed of five features.
b. The base feature is a variable section sweep feature. First, the origin trajectory will
be sketched (Figure B), and then the X trajectory will be sketched (Figure C). Two
additional trajectories will be sketched that will sweep the section along their paths
(Figure D) and (Figure E). Then the section that will vary with the shape of the
trajectories will be sketched (Figure F). These four trajectories will be used to
create the closed section (Figure G) for variable section sweep feature. (Figure H)
Figure B Sketch with dimension Figure C Sketch with dimensions

of the origin trajectory of the X trajectory
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure D Sketch with dimension Figure E Sketch with dimension

of the additional trajectory of additional trajectory
Figure F Default view of the Figure G Sketch of the section

four trajectories with dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure H Variable section

sweep feature
c. The second feature is a round. (Figure I and Figure J)
Figure I Edges to be Figure J Model after

selected to round creating round
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
d. The third feature is a shell of thickness 2. (Figure K and Figure L)
Figure K Surfaces to Figure L Final model

be selected to remove after shelling
e. Save the model and close the window.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 2
In this tutorial, you will create the model shown in Figure A. This model is an Upper
Housing of a Motor Blower assembly. Figure B shows the left-side view of the top
view, top view, front view, and the sectioned left-side view of the model.
(Expected time: 1 hr)
Figure A Solid model of Figure B Left-side view of the top view,

the Upper Housing top view, front view, and the sectioned
left-side view of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
composed of ten features.
b. The base feature is an extruded feature. Select the sketching plane for the
base feature, draw the sketch using the sketcher tools, and apply dimensions
(Figure C). Then extrude the feature to the given depth. (Figure D)
Figure C Sketch for the base feature Figure D Default trimetric

Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. The second feature is a swept blend feature in which the section is normal to the
origin trajectory. First the sketch for the origin trajectory will be drawn and
dimensioned (Figure E) and then three sections (Figure F, G, and H) will be
defined along the origin trajectory to create the swept blend feature. (Figure I)
Figure E Sketch of the origin trajectory Figure F Sketch for the first
section with dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure G Sketch for Figure H Sketch for Figure I Default view

the second section the third section with of the swept blend
with dimensions dimensions
d. The third feature is a round of radius 1.5. (Figure J and Figure K)
Figure K Default view of

Figure J Edges the model after creating a
to round round feature of radius 1.5.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
e. The fourth feature is a round of radius 0.5. (Figure L and Figure M)
Figure L Edge selected to round Figure M Model after creating

a round feature of radius 0.5
f. The fifth feature is a shell of thickness 0.25 that will be created on the front
planar surface of the swept blend feature and on the bottom planar surface of
the base feature. (Figure N)
Figure N The model

after shelling
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
g. The sixth feature is an extruded cut. Select the sketching plane for the cut
feature, draw the sketch using sketching tools, and apply the dimensions
(Figure O). Extrude the sketch to the given distance. (Figure P)
Figure O Sketch with dimension Figure P Model with the cut

for the cut feature feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
h. The seventh feature is also an extruded cut. Select the sketching plane for the
cut feature, draw the sketch using sketching tools, and apply the dimensions
(Figure Q). Extrude the sketch to the given depth. (Figure R)
Figure Q Sketch with dimension Figure R Model with the cut feature
for the cut feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
i. The eighth feature is an extruded feature. Select the sketching plane for the
extruded feature, draw the sketch, and apply constraints and dimensions
(Figure S). Extrude the sketch to the given depth. (Figure T)
Figure S Sketch for the extruded Figure T Model after creating

feature the extrude feature
j. The ninth feature is a copy of the eighth feature. (Figure U)
Figure U Model after mirroring

the extrude feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
k. The tenth feature is a hole (Figure V), and this hole will be patterned. After you
pattern the hole (Figure W), the hole and the pattern feature will become a
single feature.
Figure V Model after creating Figure W Hole patterned

the hole on the extruded features
l. Save the model and close the window.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 3
In this tutorial, you will create the model shown in Figure A. This model is a wheel of a
car. Figure B shows the top view, sectioned front view, sectioned right view, detail
view, and two blend sections with dimensions. (Expected time: 45 min)
Figure A Solid model of Figure B Top view, sectioned front view,

the wheel sectioned right view, detail view, and two
blend sections with dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
composed of four features.
b. The base feature is a revolved feature. Select the sketching plane for the base
feature, draw the sketch using the sketcher tools, and apply constraints and
dimensions (Figure C). Revolve the sketch to 360 degrees. (Figure D)
Figure C Sketch with dimensions Figure D Default trimetric

for the base feature view of the base feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. The second feature is a swept blend feature in which the section is normal
to the origin trajectory. First the sketch for the origin trajectory will be drawn
and dimensioned (Figure E) and then two sections at the start (Figure F)
and endpoints (Figure G) will be defined along the origin trajectory. The
complete swept feature (Figure H) is then patterned. (Figure I)
Figure E Sketch with dimensions Figure F Sketch of section 1

for the origin trajectory with dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure G Sketch for section Figure H Model after Figure I Model after
2 with dimensions creating the swept blend creating the pattern
d. The third feature is a round of radius 25 and the fourth feature is a round of
radius 10 (Figure J and Figure K) and (Figure L) respectively.
Figure J Edges to round
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure K Model after creating Figure L Model highlighting

round of radius 25 the round feature of radius 10
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
e. The fifth feature is a revolved cut. First you will draw the sketch of the cut
feature on the sketching plane, apply constraint and dimensions (Figure L)
and then revolve the sketch to 360-degrees. (Figure M)
Figure L Sketch for the revolve Figure M The model with

cut feature revolve cut feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 4
In this tutorial, you will create the spring shown in Figure A. Figure B shows the front
view dimensions of the spring. (Expected time: 15 min)
Figure A Isometric Figure B Front view of the

view of the spring spring with dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a. Examine the spring and determine the specifications of the spring. The spring is
right-handed, constant pitch, and is created by revolving around axis.
b. Choose Insert > Helical Sweep > Protrusion from the menu bar and then
select the required options form the displayed menus.
c. Select the sketching plane, draw the trajectory using the sketcher tools, and
apply dimensions. (Figure C)
Figure C Sketch of the

trajectory with dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
d. Specify the pitch of the spring.

e. Draw the section of the spring using the sketcher tools and dimension it. (Figure D)
Figure D Sketch
of the section
f. Save the model (Figure E) and close the window.
Figure E Isometric
view of the spring
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 1
Create the model shown in Figure A. The front view is shown in Figure B.
Figure A Isometric view Figure B Front view of

of the spring the spring
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 2
Create the model shown in Figure A. The front view and the top view of the model is
Figure A Solid model for Exercise 1 Figure B Front view and top view
of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Create the toroidal bend.
• Create the spinal bend.
• Create the warp transformation by using transformation tools.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
(www.cadcim.com) For For Solid
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
SolidWorks, and SolidEdge contact sales@cadcim.com
¾ Advanced Modeling Tools

In this chapter, you will learn to create models using advanced modeling tools such as
Toroidal Bend, Spinal Bend, and Warp.
• Toroidal Bend
• The Toroidal Bend tool is used to create features with curved
surfaces, or the models which generally have a cut profile on a
curved surface.
• Choose Insert > Advanced > Toroidal Bend from the menu bar
to invoke the OPTIONS menu, as shown in the figure.
• The first part of the menu has options to specify the angle of
rotation of the bend.
• The second part has the options to specify whether you want to
create the feature on one side of the sketch plane or on both sides.
• The third part of the menu is used to specify the method of The OPTIONS
creating the toroidal bend. menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Spinal Bend
• The Spinal Bend tool bends solids or quilts about a curved spine by continuously
repositioning cross sections along the curve.
• The Spinal Bend option can be invoked by choosing Insert > Advanced > Spinal
Bend from the menu bar. The OPTIONS menu that will be displayed is shown in
figure.
• The OPTIONS menu allows you to select a previously created spine or sketch a new
Spine as is the case, by using the Select Spine or Sketch Spine option respectively.
The OPTIONS menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Warp Tool
• The Warp tool helps you study the design variations during the conceptual stage.
• The Warp tool can be used only in the Part mode.
• Choose Insert > Warp from the menu bar to invoke the Warp dashboard; the Warp
dashboard will be displayed as shown in Figure A.
Figure A The Warp dashboard

• References Tab
When References tab is chosen, the slide-up panel shown in Figure B will be displayed.
Figure B The References

tab slide-up panel
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• List Tab
• The List tab, when chosen, displays a list of all the Warp
transformations performed on the selected entity in a
slide-up panel.
• The List tab slide-up panel is shown in Figure C.
Figure C The List

tab slide-up panel
• Options Tab
• The Options tab is used to input various parameters for
the Warp transformation.
• The slide-up panel, which will be displayed when the

Options tab is chosen for the Start the transform tool,
is shown in Figure D. Figure D The Translate
area of the Options tab
slide-up panel
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Marquee Tab
• The Marquee tab is used for creating the Warp transformation using the Start the
spine tool.
• When the Marquee tab is chosen, the slide-up panel shown in Figure E will be
displayed.
• The Marquee tab provides you the options to control the warping operation of an
entity through a curve or a spine sketched before the Warp transformation is
created.
Figure E The Marquee

tab slide-up panel
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Using the Start the transform tool

• The Start the transform tool button can be used for various transformation
operations such as translating, rotating, and scaling a geometrical entity.
• The translate option translates the geometry in the required direction.
• The rotate option rotates the geometry based on the position of the Jack (a blue
color coordinate system which appears in the center of the drawing area).
• The scale option scales the geometry to the required scale factor.
• The use of Start the transform tool button for translating, scaling rotating and
rotating is shown by Figure F, G, H and I on next slides.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure F The preview of Figure G The preview of

the translated feature with the translated feature with
the original feature the original feature
Figure H Model before rotating Figure I Model after rotating

Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Using the Start the warp tool

• The Start the warp tool button can be used for changing the shape of the
geometry.
• Some operations that are possible using the Start the warp tool button are
tapering the top or the base of the geometry or dragging a corner or an
edge toward or away from the center.
• Figure A shows the model before creating the warp transformation and
Figure B shows the model after creating the warp transformation.
Figure A Model for the warp Figure B Model after creating

transformation the warp transformation
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Using the Start the spine tool

• The Start the spine tool button reshapes the geometry by manipulating the
defining points of a curve (also referred to as spine).
• The transformation using the Start the spine tool button can be created in the
linear or radial direction.
• Using the Start the stretch tool

• The Start the stretch tool button can be used to stretch a geometry along
the required direction.
• The range and scale of stretch can be controlled using the various options
in the Options tab of the Warp dashboard.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure A shows the geometry before creating the warp transformation and Figure B
shows the geometry after creating the warp transformation.
Figure A Model before stretching Figure B Model after stretching
• Using the Start the bend tool

• The Start the bend tool bends the geometry to the required orientation.
• The bend operation can also be controlled by using the buttons in the Warp
dashboard.
• The use of these buttons is discussed next.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Switch to next axis button
This button switches the axis of the bend from one plane to another.
• Reverse axis button
This button reverses the direction of the axis of the bend.
• Increase tilt by 90 degrees button

This button increases the tilt or the bending angle by 90 degrees from the
previously applied bend angle.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure A shows the geometry before creating the warp transformation and Figure B
shows the geometry after creating the warp transformation.
Figure A Model before bending Figure B Model after bending
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Using the Start the twist tool

• The Start the twist tool twists the geometry around an axis.
• Figure C shows the model before creating the warp transformation and Figure D
shows the model after creating the warp transformation.
Figure C Model before twisting Figure D Model after twisting
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Switch mesh orientation to the next marquee face button

This button helps you to align the mesh in the direction in which the geometry
will be sculpted.
• Apply to one side of selected items button

This button sculpts the selected face in only one direction and is selected by
default.
• Apply to both sides of selected items button
This button applies the motion of the selected face to the opposite face.
• Apply symmetrically to both sides of selected items button

This button, if selected, allows the geometry to be sculpted symmetrically from
its center.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Using the Start the sculpt tool

• The Sculpt tool allows you to deform the geometry through a mesh.
• Figure A shows the model before creating the warp transformation and
Figure B shows the model after creating the warp transformation.
Figure A Model before applying Figure B Model after applying

the Start the sculpt tool button the Start the sculpt tool button
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
¾ Tutorial 1
In this tutorial, you will create the model shown in Figure A. You can assume any
dimensions for this tutorial. (Expected time: 30 min)
Figure A Model for Tutorial 1
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
a. Create the blend feature. The model, similar to the one shown in Figure B, is
displayed in the drawing area.
Figure B Isometric view

of the blend feature
b. Create the revolve feature. The sketch for the revolve feature is shown in Figure C.
The model after creating the revolve feature, is shown in Figure D.
Figure C Sketch for the Figure D Model showing

revolve feature the revolve feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
c. Create the round feature on the two ends of the blend feature. The model, similar
to the one shown in Figure E, is displayed in the drawing area.
Figure E Model after creating

the round feature
d. Create the shell feature on the front face of the model. The model, after creating
the shell feature, is shown in Figure F.
Figure F Model showing

the shell feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
e. Create the warp feature using the Start the spine tool button. Figure G shows
the sketched spine for the warp transformation. The model similar to the one
shown in Figure H is displayed in the drawing area. The position of the control
points after the deformation is carried out is as shown in Figure I. The model
after warp transformation will appear as shown in Figure J.
Figure G Figure showing the Figure H Figure showing the

sketched spline. parameters for the warp
transformation
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure I Figure showing Figure J Final modal after creating

the deformed model the warp transformation
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
¾ Tutorial 2
In this tutorial, you will create the model shown in Figure A. Assume the dimensions
of the model. (Expected time: 30
min)
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
a. Create the revolve feature. The sketch for the revolve feature is shown in Figure B.
The model, after completing revolve feature is shown in Figure C.
Figure B Sketch for the revolve feature Figure C Model showing the base feature
b. Create the shell feature of thickness 8. The model after creating the shell
feature, appears as shown in Figure D.
Figure D Model after creating

the shell feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
c. Create the extrude feature, and pattern it. The model after patterning the extruded
feature appears as shown in Figure E.
Figure E Model after

creating the pattern
d. Create the round feature. The model, after creating the round feature, is shown in
Figure F.
Figure F Model after

creating round feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
e. Create the warp transformation by using the Start the twist tool. The
model, after creating the warp transformation, is as shown in Figure G.
Figure G Model after

creating the warp
transformation
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
¾ Tutorial 3
In this tutorial, you will create the model shown in Figure A. Assume the dimensions
of the model. (Expected time: 30 min)
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
a. Create the extrude feature. The sketch for the extruded feature is shown in
Figure B. The model, after creating the extrude feature, is shown if Figure C.
Figure B Sketch for the extrude Figure C Model showing the

feature extrude feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
b. Create the second extrude feature which is a cut. The sketch for the extrude
feature is shown in Figure D. The model, after creating the extrude feature, is
shown in Figure E.
Figure D Sketch for the extrude Figure E Model after extrude feature
feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
c. Create the tread as third extrude feature, and pattern it. The sketch for the extrude
feature is shown in Figure F. The model, after creating the pattern of the extruded
feature, is shown in Figure G. Mirror the tread pattern on the other side. The
model, after creating the mirror, is shown in Figure H.
Figure F Sketch for the Figure G Model after Figure H Model after
third extrude feature creating the pattern of creating the mirror
the treads feature of the treads
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
d. Create the toroidal bend feature. The sketch for the toroidal bend feature is
shown in Figure I. The toroidal bend feature is created and the model similar to
that shown in Figure J is displayed in the drawing area.
Figure I Section created Figure J Model after creating

for the toroidal bend feature the toroidal bend feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
e. Create the round feature, refer to Figure K. Also, change the color and appearance
of the model, refer to Figure L.
Figure K Model showing Figure L Model after changing

the edges selected for the color and appearance
creating the round feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
¾ Exercise 1
In this exercise, you will create the model shown in Figure A. The dimensions for the
model maybe assumed. (Expected time: 20 min)
Figure A Model for Exercise 1
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
¾ Exercise 2
In this exercise, you will create the model shown in Figure A. The dimensions for the
base feature can be assumed suitably. (Expected time: 20 min)
Figure A Model for Exercise 2
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Understand the top-down assembly approach.
• Understand the bottom-up assembly approach.
• Assemble the components of the assembly using the assembly
constraints.
• Understand packaging of components.
• Create the simplified representation for viewing various components
of assembly.
• Use the View Manager.
• Edit the assembly constraints after assembling.
• Modify the components of the assembly within the assembly.
• Create the exploded state of the assembly.
• Add the offset lines to the exploded components.
• Understand the Bill of Material in the assemblies.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Assembly Modeling
• An assembly is defined as a design consisting of two or more components bonded
together at their respective working positions using the assembly constraints.
• These assembly designs are created in the Assembly mode of Pro/ENGINEER.
• To proceed to the Assembly mode, choose the Create a new object button from
the Top Toolchest.
• The New dialog box will be displayed; select the Assembly radio button from the
Type area and then select the Design radio button from the Sub-type area.
• Specify the name of the assembly in the Name edit box and choose OK.
Selecting the Assembly mode

from the New dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Initial screen appearance of the Assembly mode
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Important Terms Related to Assembly Mode

• Top-down Approach
This is the method of assembling the components in which the components of the
assembly are created in the same assembly file and then assembled using the
assembly constraints.
• Bottom-up Approach
• This is the method of assembling the components that are created as separate
parts in the Part mode and are saved as .prt files.
• Once all the parts of an assembly have been created, you will create a new
assembly file (.asm) and then assemble the parts using the assembly constraints
available in the Assembly mode.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Remember that if any of the assembly component is moved from its original
location on the hard disk, the assembly will not open the next time.
• This is because Pro/ENGINEER searches for the assembly component in the
folder in which it was originally saved.
• If it does not find the name of the component in that folder, it gives an error while
opening the assembly file and the RESOLVE FEAT menu will be displayed.
• Choose the Quick Fix option from this menu, the QUICK FIX submenu will be
displayed.
• You can use the options in this submenu to locate the part file.
The RESOLVE The QUICK FIX

FEAT menu menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Placement Constraints
• The placement constraints are the constraints that are used to rigidly bind the
components of the assembly to their respective positions in the assembly.
• These constraints are also called the assembly constraints.
• Package
It is the state in which the component that is being assembled is not fully constrained
and therefore is not rigidly placed at its actual location.
¾ Creating Top-Down Assemblies

• As you know, to create components you need the sketcher environment and to
invoke the sketcher environment you need the Part mode.
• You can invoke the Part mode from within the Assembly mode and create
components using the tools in the Part mode.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Creating Components in the Assembly Mode

• In Pro/ENGINEER, you can also create
components in the Assembly mode.
• The components that you create in the
Assembly mode are saved as separate .prt
files.
• To create a component in the Assembly
mode, choose the Create a component in
assembly mode button.
The Component Create
• The Component Create dialog box will be dialog box
displayed.
¾ Creating Bottom-Up Assemblies

When the first component is inserted in the Assembly mode, its three default datum
planes are placed in the same orientation as that of the default datum planes of the
Assembly mode.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Inserting Components in Assembly

• When you choose the Add component to the assembly button, the
Open dialog box will be displayed.
• Select the part that you need to insert in the assembly.
• After the component is displayed on the drawing area in the Assembly
mode, you need to specify constraints in order to assemble them.
• Even if you are placing the first component, you need to constraint it
using the assembly constrains.
¾ Placement Constraints
The placement constraints are also called assembly constraints and are available
in the Component Placement dashboard, which is discussed later in this chapter.
• Automatic
When you choose this constrain, Pro/ENGINEER assumes the constraint and
applies it according to the type of entity selected.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Mate
The Mate placement constraint allows you to make two selected planes, datum
planes, faces, or a combination of datum plane and face coplanar with respect to each
other.
• Mate Offset
• If you need to keep the two faces or planes at some distance apart,
then you can use the Mate constraint with some offset value.
• Figure A shows the faces that are selected to apply the Mate Offset constraint.
• Figure B shows the component assembled at an offset distance from the selected
face.
Figure A Components Figure B Components

before assembling after assembling
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Mate Coincident
• The Mate Coincident combination of constraints allow you to make two selected
planes or surfaces coplanar to each other.
• Figure A shows the faces that are selected to mate. Figure B shows the
components after assembling.
Figure A Components before Figure B Components after

assembling assembling
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Mate Oriented
• The Mate Oriented combination of constraints is used when you want to mate two
faces or planes or a combination of two and at the same time you want to orient
some other faces or planes of the two components to face in the same direction.
• Figure A shows the faces that are selected to mate and Figure B shows the
Figure A Components before Figure B Components

assembling after assembling
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Align
The Align constraint is used to assemble two components by making the selected faces
or planes coplanar such that the aligned faces or planes are facing in the same
direction.
• Align Offset
• The Align Offset combination of constraints used to align two entities with some offset
distance between the aligning entities. The offset value can be positive or negative.
• Figure A shows the faces to align offset and Figure B shows the components after
applying the constraints.
Figure B Components after applying Figure A Components before applying

the Align Offset constraint the Align Offset constraint
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Align Coincident
• The Align Coincident combination of constraints is used to assemble two
components by making the selected faces or planes coplanar such that the aligned
faces or planes face in the same direction.
• Figure A shows the faces that are selected to align. Figure B shows the
Figure A Components before applying Figure B Components after applying

the Align Coincident constraint the Align Coincident constraint
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Align Oriented
• The Align Oriented combination of constraints makes the two selected faces or
planes or the combination of both, face in the same direction.
• Figure A shows the constraints applied on the two components and Figure B
shows the two components after applying constraint.
Figure A Components before Figure B Components after applying

applying the Align Oriented the Align Oriented constraints
constraint
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Insert
• The Insert constraint is used to assemble the revolved components.
• Applying this constraint allows the revolved component, holes, or a combination
of both to share the same orientation of the central axis.
• Figure A shows the faces to insert and Figure B shows the components after
assembling.
Figure A Components before Figure B Components

assembling after assembling
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Coord Sys
The Coord Sys constraint aligns the coordinate system of the first component with
the coordinate system of the second component.
• Tangent
The Tangent constraint is used to make the selected circular face tangent to the
other selected face or plane and at the same time make them coplanar.
• Pnt On Line
The Pnt On Line constraint is used to align the selected datum point or the vertex
on the first part with the selected edge, datum axis, or datum curve on the second
part.
• Pnt On Srf
The Pnt On Srf constraint is used to align the selected datum point or vertex on
the first part with the selected surface or datum plane on the second part.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Edge On Srf
The Edge On Srf constraint is used to align the selected edge of the first part with
the selected surface or datum plane on the second part.
• Fix
The Fix component to current position button packs the two components and
displays that the two components are fully constrained.
• Default
The Default constraint is used to assemble the component in the assembly by
aligning the default coordinate system of the component with the default
coordinate system of the assembly.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Assembly Datum Planes

• When you enter the assembly environment, the three datum planes are
• If you do not want the default datum planes in the assembly file, then while
opening a new file, you need to clear the Use default template check box that
is available in the New dialog box.
• It is recommended that you use the assembly datum planes as the first feature
of the assembly and assemble the components of the assembly taking the
reference of these assembly datum planes.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Assembling the Components

• The components in the assembly can be placed parametrically or non parametrically.
• If the components are placed using the placement constraints, it is called parametric
assembly.
• If the components are packaged, it is called nonparametric assembly.
• To assemble the components parametrically, choose the Add component to the
assembly button.
• The Open dialog box is displayed.
• Once you select the part to assemble from the Open dialog box, the Component
Placement dashboard will be displayed.
• The options in the Component Placement dashboard are discussed next.
The Component Placement dashboard
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Displaying the Components in a Separate Window

The Show components in a separate window while specifying constraints
button is used to display the component to be assembled in a separate
window.
• Displaying the Components in the Same Window

The Show component in the assembly window while specifying constraints
button is used to display the component to be assembled in the assembly window
itself.
• Placement tab
The options in the Placement tab slide-up panel of the Component Placement
dashboard are discussed next.
The Placement tab slide-up panel
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Constraints area
This area displays the constraints applied to the component, along with the offset
value (if any), in the order in which they were applied. The other options in this
area are.
• Constraint Type drop-down List
This drop-down list displays the placement constraints that are available to
assemble the component.
• Offset drop-down List
• This drop-down list is used to specify the offset value (if any) for the placement
constraint.
• This drop-down list has three options, Offset, Oriented, and Coincident .
• All these options are used in combination with Mate and Align constraints.
• New Constraint option

This option will be used to specify a new set of constraints to the assembly
components
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Change orientation of constraint button

• This constraint button is used to change the orientation of the constraint
applied.
• This button is used only after a constraint has been applied to components.
• Select Component Item Collector

This collector displays the entities of a component that have been chosen to assemble
it with parent component.
• Select Assembly Item Collector

This collector displays the entities of the parent component that have been chose to
create an assembly.
• Status Area
This area displays the placement status of the component in the assembly.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Move tab
The options under the Move tab can be used only if you have selected the Show
component in the assembly window while specifying constraints button.
The Move tab slide-up panel
• Motion Type drop-down list

The options in this drop-down list area are discussed next.
• Orient Mode
This mode, is selected, orients the part in the assembly about its spin center.
• Translate
This option, if selected, moves the component from its current location in the assembly.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Rotate
This option, if selected, rotates the component in the assembly along its available
degrees of freedom.
• Adjust
• This radio button is selected to pack a component with reference to the assembly.
• The message “Select surface on packaged component to adjust to ref plane”
is displayed in the Message Area when you select this radio button.
• Relative to view plane radio button

It moves the component relative to the viewing plane.
• Motion Reference radio button

The options when this radio button is selected displays the references that can be used
for the motion of the component. After selecting the reference plane, the Normal and
Parallel options are activated.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Normal Plane
This option moves the component in a plane normal to the selected reference plane.
• Parallel Plane
This option allows you to move the component in a plane that is normal to the selected
reference plane.
• Relative
These boxes display the coordinates of the current position of the component.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Packaging the Components

• There are two methods to package a component in an assembly.
• The first method is to use the Insert menu in the menu bar.
• The second method is to assemble the component using the Component Placement
dashboard and then exit the dashboard before fully constraining it.
• To package the component, choose Insert > Component > Package from the menu
bar.
• When you choose this option, the PACKAGE menu will be displayed.
The PACKAGE
menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Add
The Add option is used to add the components to be packaged.
• Move
• The Move option is used to move the packaged component
to a new location.
• When you choose this option, the Move Dialog box will be
displayed.
• Fix Location
The Fix Location option is used to fix the location of an
existing packaged component.
• Finalize
• Once the location of the component is decided, then it can
be finalized using the Finalize option.
• When you choose this option, you will be prompted to select The Move dialog box
the packaged component.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Creating Simplified Representations

• Simplified representations can be created using the cascaded menu or by using
the View Manager.
• The only difference is that using the View Manager you can give a name to the
representation.
• To create a simplified representation using the cascaded menu, select a
component from the Model Tree and then choose View > Representation from
the menu bar.
• The cascaded menu will be displayed as shown in the figure.
Cascaded menu
• Using the Cascaded menu

The simplified representation created reduces the regeneration time of the assembly,
especially the complex assemblies.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Exclude
• When you choose this option, the selected component is removed from the display.
• Figure A shows a butterfly valve assembly, in which the Body is removed from the
current display.
• This kind of representation helps in assembling the components inside the body,
like the plate and the screw, in this case.
Figure A Components excluded

from the assembly
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Master Rep
• This option is used to restore the original representation of the assembly, thus
displaying all components in it.
• When you choose this option, the components that were removed from the current
display after using the Exclude option, are also redisplayed.
Master representation
of the assembly
• Assembly Only
The Assembly Only option is used to hide all components of an assembly except
the components of the subassembly.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Geometry Only
• In this type of simplified representation the complete geometry of the components is
displayed in the current model display style.
• This type of simplified representation takes a long time for regeneration.
• The components that are not selected in this type of representation cannot be
modified. However, these components can be redefined.
• Graphics Only
• When you choose the Graphics Only option, the selected components will be
displayed in wireframe, as shown in the figure.
• This type of representation is generally used for assembling the components inside
some other component.
The graphics representation

of an assembly
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Using the View Manager

• The View Manager is used to create, modify, and switch between simplified
representations, exploded views, and orientation of the assembly.
• To invoke the View Manager, choose the Start the view manager button from the
Top Toolchest.
• The View Manager dialog box will be displayed, as shown in the figure.
The View Manager

dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Creating a Simplified Representation Using the View Manager

• When the View Manager dialog box is displayed, the Simp Rep
tab will be selected by default.
• The red arrow in front of Master Rep indicates that this

representation is set currently.
• To set any of the listed representation types, select the
representation and right-click to invoke the shortcut menu.
• To redefine a representation type, choose the representation
from the list, and choose the Edit tab to display the shortcut
menu.
• From this menu, select the Redefine option; the EDIT dialog
box will be displayed.
• Using this dialog box, you can select the components that you
want to include, exclude, and substitute from the display.
The EDIT dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Creating a Display Style Using the View Manager

• To create a new display style from the View Manager dialog box, choose the Style
tab.
• Two styles are available in the Names list of the dialog box.
• You can create a new style or redefine an existing style.
• Setting the Orientation of the Assembly Using the View Manager

The various orientations that are given in the Saved view list (from the Top Toolchest)
are used to display the assembly as viewed from different directions.
• Creating an X-section of the Assembly Using the View Manager

Choose the Xsec tab from the View Manager dialog box and use the New tab to
create a new section.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Redefining the Components of the Assembly

• Sometimes, after you have assembled the components of the assembly, you may
need to modify or redefine the location or the placement constraints of the
components.
• To do this select the component from the Model Tree and right-clicking to invoke the
shortcut menu.
• Choose the Edit Definition option from the shortcut menu.
¾ Reordering the Components

• The order of assembling the components can be changed by
choosing Edit > Component Operations from the menu bar.
• The COMPONENT menu will be displayed, as shown in the
figure.
• Choose the Reorder option from this menu.
• When you choose this option, you will be prompted to select the
component to be reordered.
The COMPONENT
menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Suppressing/Resuming the Components

• If you do not want certain components of the assembly to appear in the current
display or in the drawing views, you can suppress them.
• To suppress the components, select the component from the mode tree or the
drawing area and then choose Edit > Suppress > Suppress from the menu.
• Similarly, the suppressed components can be resumed by choosing the Resume
option from the same menu.
• The components can also be suppressed/resumed using the shortcut menu that will
be displayed when you right-click on the component in the Model Tree or in the
drawing area.
• In this shortcut menu, choose Suppress to suppress and Resume to resume the
components.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Replacing Components
• The existing components of the assembly that are assembled using the assembly
constraints can be replaced with some other component, if necessary.
• To replace the component, choose Edit > Replace from the menu bar.
• The Replace dialog box will be displayed, as shown in the figure.
The Replace dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Assembling Repeated Copies of a Component

• Sometimes, the assembly design demands for the
assembling of a particular component more than once.
• One option is that every time you should assemble the
component every time and add the placement constraints
all over again.
• However, this is a very tedious and time-consuming
process, especially in the assemblies that have a large
number of similar components.
• To solve this problem, Pro/ENGINEER provides you with
an option of assembling multiple copies of the components.
• To repeat a component in an assembly, select the
component to repeat from the Model Tree or from the
drawing area and then choose Edit > Repeat from the
menu bar. The Repeat Component
dialog box
• When you choose this option, the Repeat Component
dialog box will be displayed, as shown in the figure.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Modifying the Components of the Assembly

• Sometimes, during or after the assembly of the components, you may need to
modify the dimensions of the components.
• You can even redefine the selected feature in the Assembly mode itself.
• Modifying the Dimensions of a Feature of a Component

• The dimensions of a selected feature of the component can be modified by
selecting the component from the Model Tree or from the drawing area.
• When the outline of the model turns red in color, right-click to invoke the shortcut
menu.
• Choose the Activate option; the name of the component appears in the
drawing area.
• Also a small green button appears on the active component in the Model Tree.
• Select the activated component from the Model Tree and right-click to display
the shortcut menu.
• Select the Open option to open the component as a part file in a separate
window and edit the features as required.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Redefining a Feature of a Component

• You can redefine the features of a component in the Assembly mode.This saves
time in opening the part in the Part mode and then redefining the features.
• To redefine the feature of a component, you need to select the component from
the Model Tree and make it active.
• After the component is activated, select the feature that you need to redefine
from the drawing area. Hold down the right mouse button to invoke the
shortcut menu. Choose the Edit Definition option; the feature creation tool is
activated and now you can redefine the feature.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Creating the Exploded State

• The exploded state can be created by choosing View > Explode > Edit Position
from the menu bar.
• The Explode Position dialog box will be displayed, as shown in the figure.
• The options in this dialog box are discussed next.
The Explode Position The exploded state of

dialog box an assembly
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Motion Type Area

The Motion Type Area has following four radio buttons.
• Translate
This radio button allows you to move a component to a new location in the drawing
area from its current location in the assembly.
• Copy Pos
This option is used to restore the exploded component to its original location.
• Default Expld
• This radio button when selected, prompts you to select a component.
• When you select a component from the assembly, the component is exploded from
the assembly to a default position in the drawing area.
• Reset
The Reset radio button is used to set the selected component to its original location in
the assembly.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Motion Reference Area

The options in this drop-down list in this area are discussed next.
• View Plane
The View Plane option is used to specify the current view plane (that is, the
screen of the monitor) as the reference for exploding the selected component.
• Sel Plane
The Sel Plane option is used to select a datum plane or a planar face for specifying
the reference for the motion of the component.
• Entity/Edge
The Entity/Edge option is selected by default and is used to select a linear edge or
an axis for specifying the reference direction for exploding the component.
• Plane Normal
The Plane Normal option is used to select a planar face or a datum plane, to which
the reference for exploding the components will be normal.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• 2 Points
The 2 Points option is used to select two datum points or two vertices to specify the
reference direction for exploding the components.
• Csys
The Csys option is used to select one of the axes of the selected coordinate system
to specify the reference direction for exploding the components.
¾ Offset Lines
• The offset lines are used to display the actual path and
direction of the mating components.
• These lines are generally used for easy visualization of
the exploded components of the assemblies.
• The exploded state of an assembly using the offset
lines is shown in the figure.
The exploded state of an

assembly with offset lines
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Creating the Offset Lines

• To create offset lines, an exploded state should exist in which
the offset lines will be created.
• Choose View > Explode > Offset Lines > Create from the
menu bar.
• The Entity Select menu will be displayed, as shown in figure.
• This menu provides you with the following options for The Entity Select
selecting the objects for creating the offset lines. menu
• Axis
The Axis option is used to select the axis of the components for creating the offset
lines.
• Surface Norm
The Surface Norm option is used to create the offset lines normal to the selected
surface at the specified point.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Modifying the Offset Lines

• To modify the offset lines that are already created, choose
View > Explode > Offset Lines >Modify from the menu bar.
• The EXPL LINES MODIFY menu is displayed, as shown in

figure.
• The options in this menu are discussed next:
The EXPL LINES
MODIFY menu
• Move
This option is used to move the offset line that has already been created.
• Add Jogs
This option is used to add a jog to an existing offset line segment. A jog is a break in
the continuation of a line segment.
• Delete Jogs
As the name of the option suggests, this option is used to delete a jog, if any, from a
line segment.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ The Bill of Material

• The Bill Of Material or the BOM is the tabular representation
of all the components of the assembly, along with the
information associated with them.
• The BOM can be viewed using the BOM dialog box which will be
displayed by choosing Info > Bill of Materials in the menu bar.
• The options in this dialog box are discussed next.
• Select Model Area

• The options in the Select Model area are used to select the type
The BOM dialog
of assembly whose BOM has to be displayed.
box
• These options are discussed next.
• Top Level
• The Top Level radio button is used to select the top level assembly for
displaying the BOM.
• In this case, the subassemblies inserted in the current assembly are
considered as a component.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Subassembly
• The Subassembly radio button is used to list the components of the selected
subassemblies, as individual components in the BOM.
• When you select this radio button, you will be prompted to select the subassembly.
• Include Area
• Skeletons
The Skeletons check box is selected so that the skeletons, if any, in the assembly
could also be included in the BOM.
• Unplaced
The Unplaced check box is selected to include the unplaced components in the BOM.
• Designated Objects
The Designated Objects check box is selected to include the bulk items, if any, that
are used in the assembly.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 1
In this tutorial, you will create all components of the Shock assembly and then
assemble them, as shown in Figure A. Also create an exploded state of the assembly,
as shown in Figure B. The BOM is shown in Figure C. The dimensions of the
components are shown in Figure D through Figure K. (Estimated time: 2 hrs)
Figure A The Shock assembly Figure B The exploded state

of the Shock assembly
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure C The Bill of Material for the Figure D Dimensions for

Shock Assembly the Bracket
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure E Dimensions for Figure F Dimensions for the U-Support

the Pivot
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure G Dimensions for the Bushing Figure H Dimensions for

the Self-locking nut
Figure I Dimensions Figure J Dimensions Figure K Dimensions

for the Washer for Hexagonal bolt for the Castle nut
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a. Create all components of the assembly as separate part files and save them in
the current working directory.
b. Assemble the U-Support with the default datum planes.
c. Assemble the Bushing with the U-Support by applying the assembly constraints
shown in Figure L. Assembly is shown in Figure M.
Figure L Constraints and Figure M The bushing

the location to apply them and the u-support
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
d. Assemble the next instance of the Bushing as shown in Figure N by using the
Repeat option.
Figure N Assembled Bushings

and the U-Support
e. Assemble the Pivot with the Bushing. The constraints are shown in Figure O.
The assembly is shown in Figure P.
Figure O Constraints and Figure P Assembled view of the Pivot,

the location to apply them U-Support, and the Bushing
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
f. Suppress both Bushings and the Pivot.

g. Use the constraints shown in Figure Q and assemble the Bracket with the
assembly, as shown in Figure R.
Figure Q Constraints and Figure R Assembled view of the

the location to apply them Bracket with the U-Support
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
h. Assemble the Washer with the assembly as shown in Figure S.
Figure S Assembled view of

the Washer with the Bracket
i. Insert the Hexagonal bolt in the assembly as shown in Figure T.
Figure T Assembly after assembling

the Hexagonal bolt
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
j. Similarly, assemble the Castle nut and the Self-locking nut.

k. Unsuppress the components that were suppressed. The complete assembly is
shown in Figure U.
Figure U Complete assembly

with all components
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
l. Create the exploded state of the assembly as shown in Figure V.
Figure V Exploded state

of the assembly
m. Create the offset lines in the exploded view of the assembly as shown in Figure W.
Figure W Displaying the offset

lines in the exploded state
n. Save the assembly and close the window.

Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 2
In this tutorial, you will create all the components of the Pedestal Bearing assembly
and then assemble them, as shown in Figure A. You will also create the exploded
state, shown in Figure B displaying the offset lines. The BOM is shown in Figure C.
The dimensions of the components are shown in Figure D through Figure G.
(Estimated time: 2 hrs)
Figure A Assembly of the Figure B The exploded state

Pedestal Bearing of the Pedestal Bearing
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure C The Bill Of Material for Figure D Dimensions for

the Pedestal Bearing the Casting
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure E Dimensions for Figure F Dimensions for the Brasses

the Cap
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure G Dimensions for the

components of the assembly
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a. Create all the components of the assembly as separate files and save them in
the current working directory.
b. Apply the assembly constraints (Figure H) and assemble the Casting with the
default datum planes. (Figure I)
Figure H Constraints used for Figure I The Cap assembled

assembling the components with the Casting
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. Suppress the Cap from the assembly.

d. Apply the assembly constraints (Figure J) and assemble the Brasses with the
Casting. (Figure K)
Figure J Constraints used for Figure K Inserting the Brasses

assembling the components in the assembly
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
e. Similarly, assemble the remaining components and then resume the

components that were suppressed earlier. The final assembly is shown in
Figure L.
Figure L The final Pedestal

Bearing assembly
f. Create an exploded state of the assembly. (Figure M)
Figure M The Exploded Pedestal

Bearing assembly
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
g. Create the offset lines in the exploded view of the assembly, as shown in
Figure N.
Figure N Exploded state of

the assembly displaying the
offset lines
h. Save the assembly and close the window.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 1
In this exercise, you will create all the components of the Crosshead assembly and
then assemble them, as shown in Figure A. Also, you will create an exploded state,
shown in Figure B displaying the offset lines. The dimensions of the components are
shown in Figure C through Figure G. (Estimated time: 2 hrs)
Figure A The Crosshead Figure B The exploded state

assembly of Crosshead assembly
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure C Front view and the right-side view of the Body
Figure D Dimensions of
the Keep Plate
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure E Dimensions for the Figure F Dimensions for Figure G Dimensions

Piston Rod the Brasses and Bolt for the Nut
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Create and retrieve the drawing sheet formats.
• Generate different drawing views of an existing part.
• Edit the existing drawing views and parameters associated with the views.
• Modify the existing drawing views.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ The Drawing Mode

• In Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0 there are two types of drafting methods:
• In this chapter, you will learn about Generative drafting.
• To generate the drawing views, first you need to start a new file in the Drawing
mode of Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0.
• Choose the Create a new object button from the File toolbar to display the New
dialog box.
• When you choose the OK button, the New Drawing dialog box will be displayed.
The New dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• New Drawing Dialog Box

• The New Drawing dialog box is used to specify the template that will be used while
starting a new file in the Drawing mode.
• The options available in this dialog box are:
The New Drawing dialog box

with the Use template radio
button selected
• Default Model area

The Default Model area is used to specify the name of the model whose drawing
views you want to generate.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Specify Template area

• The Specify Template area is used to specify whether you want to use an empty
sheet, predefined formats, or the default template in Pro/ENGINEER.
• When you select the Empty with format radio button, the dialog box changes, as
shown in Figure A.
• When you select the Empty radio button, the New Drawing dialog box is modified,
as shown in Figure B.
Figure A The New

Drawing dialog box Figure B The New
with the Empty with Drawing dialog box
format radio button with the Empty radio
selected button selected
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Orientation area
• The Orientation area is available only when you select the Empty radio button
from the Specify Template area.
• The buttons in this area are used to specify the orientation of the sheet.
• Size Area
• The options in the Size area are used to set the size and the units of the sheet.
• The Size area is available only when you select the Empty radio button from the
Specify Template area.
• The options in this area are discussed next:
• Standard Size
This drop-down list is used to select a drawing sheet of standard size.
• Inches/Millimeters
• These radio buttons are selected to set the standards for the user-defined sheets.
• You can set the size of the sheet in inches or in millimeters.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Width/Height
• These edit boxes are used to specify the width and the height of the user-defined
drawing sheets.
• These edit boxes are available only when you select the Variable button from the
Orientation area.
• Format Area
The Format area is available only when you select the Empty with format radio
button from the Specify Template area.
• Format
The Format drop-down list is used to select the available formats.
• Browse
The Browse button is chosen to display the Open dialog box for retrieving the
drawing formats.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Generating the Drawing Views

• In Pro/ENGINEER 3.0, the first view that you need to generate is the general view.
• This view mostly acts as the parent view for the remaining views.
• Generating the General View

• The General view is the first view that is generated on the drawing sheet.
• This view can be the top, front, right-side, left-side, bottom, back, trimetric,
isometric view or any user-defined view of the model.
• To generate the general view, choose the Create a general view button
from the Top Toolchest.
• You are prompted to select a center point to place the drawing view.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• When you select the center point, the preview of the drawing view in the default
orientation will be displayed on the drawing sheet and the Drawing View dialog
box will be displayed, as shown in the figure given below.
• This dialog box contains the options that are required to generate a general view.
The Drawing View dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Generating the Projection View

The projection views are the orthographic views generated by projecting lines normal
from an existing view, as shown in the figure.
• Generating the Detailed View

Detailed views are used to provide the enlarged view of a particular portion of an
existing view.
The different drawing views
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Generating the Auxiliary View

The auxiliary views are generated by
projecting normal lines from a specified
edge, axis, or datum plane of an existing
view.
Auxiliary view
• Generating the Revolved Section View

A revolved section view is the view that is generated from an existing view by
revolving the section through an angle of 90 degrees about the cutting plane and
then projecting it along the length.
Datum plane for the revolved Revolved section view

section view
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Drawing View Dialog Box Options

The remaining types of drawing views that you can generate in Pro/ENGINEER
Wildfire 3.0 require the options available in the Drawing View dialog box.
• View Type Option

• The View name edit box is used to enter the name of the drawing view.
• The View orientation area lists the options to orient the drawing view.
• These options are the standard options of orienting the model, which in this case
are used to orient the model.
• Visible Area Option

The Visible Area option is used to set the displayed of the view.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The Drawing View dialog box with the

Visible Area option selected
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Full View
The Full View option can be combined with any of the view type to generate a
drawing view displaying the complete view.
• Half View
The Half View option can be used on the projection, auxiliary, or the general views
to generate a drawing view that displays only half view of the part.
Reference plane to be selected Half view

to generate a half view
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Partial View
The Partial View option can be used on the projection, auxiliary, revolved, or general
views to generate a view that displays a specified portion of the view.
Spline drawn on the view Partial view
• Broken View
The Broken View option can be used on the projection or the general views to
generate a view that is broken along the horizontal or the vertical direction using the
horizontal or vertical lines.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
References to break the view Broken view
The different drawing views
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Scale Option
• When you select the Scale option, the Scale and perspective options area will be
displayed on the right of the Categories list box.
• The Default scale for sheet radio button is selected by default.

• Therefore, all generated views are scaled with the default sheet scale.
• The second radio button is Custom scale. This radio button, when selected, allows
you to enter a scale for the drawing view.
• The third radio button is Perspective. This radio button is selected to generate a
perspective view.
A general perspective view
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Sections Option
• The sectional views are generally used for the views that are complicated from
inside.
• As it is not possible to display the inside of the part using the conventional views,
therefore, these views are cut (sectioned) using a datum plane or a planar surface
and the resulting section view is displayed.
• Full Section View
• Consider a part that is cut throughout its length, width, or height and the cut portion
is removed from the display.
• The remaining portion, when projected normal to the cutting plane, displays the
full section view.
Top and section front view
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The section views created using Top view, full section front view,
the offset section plane and full section isometric view
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Half Section View

• Consider a part that is cut half way through the length, width, or height and the
front cut portion (front quarter) is removed from the display.
• This part when projected is called the half section view.
Top view, half section front view, and half

section isometric view
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Local Section View

The Local section view is used when you want to show a particular portion of the view
in section, and at the same time not section the remaining view.
Top view, Local section front view, and

local section isometric view
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Model edge visibility

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0 provides you with two options for displaying the edges of
the section drawing views.
The front view and the total The front view and the area
cross-section view cross- section view
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Full (Aligned)
• This view is used to section those features that are created at a certain
angle to the main section planes.
• Align sections straighten these features by revolving them about an axis that is
normal to parent view.
The area cross-section view with The area cross-section view with
normal lines of projection aligned lines of projection
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The total cross-section view with The total cross-section view with
normal lines of projection aligned lines of projection
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Full (Unfold)
• The Full (Unfold) option is used to generate the section view by unfolding the section
surface of an offset section view.
• This type of view is only generated using a general view.
Model and the section plane Offset section view and the
full unfold section view
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Generating the Copy and Align View

• These are the aligned views that are generated from an existing partial view.
• Therefore, to generate this type of drawing view, it is necessary that first a partial
view should be generated.
Center point to draw spline and the edge Resulting copy and align view
to align and the partial view
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• 3D Cross-Section
• The 3D cross-Section allows you to display 3D sections in
the drawing views.
• The 3D cross-sections are created using zones.
• Open the part file of the model and choose View > View
Manager from the menu bar.
• Choose XSec tab and then choose the New tab to define
a new cross-section in the model. Enter the name for the
new cross- section and press ENTER; the XSEC CREATE
menu will be invoked.
• Select the Zone option from the menu; the Xsec dialog
with the name given by you will be displayed, as shown in
the figure.
The Xsec Dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Now, start a new drawing file and insert a general view in the drawing view.
• Double-click the inserted general view to invoke the Drawing View dialog box and
select the Sections option from the Categories list.
• Select the 3D cross-section radio button from the Sections option. The 3D cross-section
will be displayed on the drawing sheet.
• Following figure shows the trimetric view and the 3D cross-section of a part model.
The trimetric view and the 3D cross-section
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Editing the Drawing Views

• Moving the Drawing View
• When a view is generated, its movement is locked by default.
• To unlock the drawing view, choose the Disallow the movement of
drawing views with the mouse button from the Top Toolchest.
• When you select the drawing view, it will be displayed inside a boundary.
• To move the drawing view, select it and then drag it to the required
location on the drawing sheet.
• Erasing the Drawing View

• The Erase View option in the VIEWS menu is used to temporarily remove the
selected drawing view from the sheet.
• The VIEWS menu can be invoked by choosing View > Drawing Display >
Drawing View Visibility from the menu bar.
• However, the view still remains in the memory of the drawing and can be
resumed at any point of time.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Deleting the Drawing Views

• To delete a drawing view from the drawing sheet, select the view and hold down
the right mouse button to invoke a shortcut menu. Choose the Delete option from
the shortcut menu.
• You can also use the Delete selected items button in the Top Toolchest after
you select the drawing view to delete the selected drawing view.
• Once the view is deleted, no information related to the deleted view remains in the
memory of the drawing.
• Adding New Parts or Assemblies to the Current Drawing

• You can also add more parts or assemblies, in addition to the default part or
assembly, for generating the drawing views.
• This is done by choosing File > Properties from the menu bar.
• The FILE PROPERTIES menu will be displayed, as shown in Figure A.
• Choose the Drawing Models option; the DWG MODELS menu will be displayed,
as shown in Figure B.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Figure A The FILE Figure B The DWG

PROPERTIES menu MODELS submenu
¾ Modifying the Drawing Views

You can also make the following modifications in the existing drawing views.
• Changing the View Type

• Select the drawing view that needs to be modified and hold down the right mouse
button to invoke the shortcut menu.
• Choose Properties from the shortcut menu; the Drawing View dialog box will be
displayed, as shown in the figure in next slide.
• The View Type option in the categories list is selected by default.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The Drawing View dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Changing the View Scale

• The scale of a view can be modified using the Scale option from the Categories list
box of the Drawing View dialog box.
• You can modify the scale factor of views that are generated using the general view
and detailed view options.
• Reorienting the Views

• Double click on the general view to be reoriented to display the Drawing View dialog
box. You can use the options from this dialog box to change the orientation of the
selected view.
• However, if some child view is associated with the general view, then the child view
will also be reoriented accordingly.
• Modifying the Cross-sections

You can flip the side of sectioning and replace, delete, or rename the sections in the
views using the Section option from the Categories list.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Modifying Boundaries of Views

You can modify the boundaries of the detailed or partial views using the option in the
Drawing View dialog box.
• Adding or Removing the Cross-section Arrows

• You can add arrows by selecting the section view and holding down the right mouse
• Choose the Add Arrows option from the shortcut menu; you will be prompted to
select the view where the arrows should be displayed. Select the view in which you
need to display the arrows.
• To remove arrows, select the arrows and choose the Delete selected items button
from the Top Toolchest.
• Modifying the Perspective Views

• Double-click on the perspective view to display the Drawing View dialog box and
choose Scale option from the Categories list box.
• You can modify the eye point distance or the view diameter using this option.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Modifying Other Parameters

• Apart from modifying the drawing views, you can also modify other parameters
related to the drawing views.
• For example, you can modify the size and the style of the text, scale factor of all
drawing views, cross-section hatching, and so on.
• Editing the Cross Section Hatching

• Select the hatching from a drawing view.
• When the hatching turns red in color, hold down the right mouse
• Choose the Properties option from the shortcut menu; the MOD
XHATCH menu will be displayed, as shown in the figure.
The MOD XHATCH

menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 1
In this tutorial, you will generate the drawing views of the model created in Exercise 4
of Chapter 6 shown in Figure A. Select the A4 size drawing sheet and generate all the
drawing views shown in Figure B. (Estimated time: 45 min)
Figure A Part for generating Figure B The drawing views to be

the drawing views generated
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a. Create a new drawing file and select the required drawing sheet.
b. Generate the top view and then generate the front view from the top view.
(Figure C)
Figure C The top and front views
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. Define a section plane in the model (Figure D) and then generate the right view
of the top view.
Figure D Sketch for

the total align section
d. Create the General view to show a three-dimensional view of the model.
(Figure E)
Figure E Different drawing views
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
e. Generate the detail view from the 3D model. (Figure F)
Figure F The drawing views for Tutorial 1
f. Save the drawing and close the window.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 2
In this tutorial, you will generate the drawing views of the part created in Tutorial 1 of
Chapter 7, shown in Figure A. The drawing views that need to be generated are
shown in Figure B. (Estimated time: 45 min)
Figure A Model for generating Figure B Drawing views to be generated

the drawing views
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a. Create a new drawing file and select the size of the drawing sheet.
b. Generate the top view.
c. Generate the sectioned front view from the top view. (Figure C)
Figure C Drawing sheet after generating

the top view and the sectioned front view
with the display of datum planes
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
d. Generate the right-side view of the sectioned front view. (Figure D)
Figure D Drawing sheet after generating the

top view, the sectioned front view, and the
right-side view
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
e. Define a section by drawing a line on the TOP datum plane (Figure E).
Generate the isometric sectioned view. (Figure F)
Figure E The Sketch for the section Figure F The different drawing views
line with the constraint generated
f. Save the model and then close the window.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 1
Generate the drawing views of the model created in Tutorial 3 of Chapter 8 on an A4
size sheet, shown in Figure A. The drawing views to be generated are shown in
Figure B. (Estimated time: 45 min)
Figure A Part for generating Figure B Drawing views to be generated

the drawing views in Exercise 1
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Show or erase dimensions in drawing views.
• Modify and edit dimensions.
• Add reference datums to drawing views.
• Add dimensional and geometric tolerance to drawing views.
• Edit the geometric tolerance.
• Add notes to the drawing.
• Add balloons to exploded assembly views.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Dimensioning the Drawing Views

• Once you have generated the drawing views, you need to
generate the dimensions, add notes, symbols, balloons,
and so on in the drawing views .
• This is done by using the Show / Erase dialog box.
• Show/Erase Dialog Box Options

• Show
• The Show button is chosen to select the options to
generate the various parameters related to the model in the
drawing views.
• The options that are displayed when you choose this
button are discussed next.
The Show / Erase dialog

box with the Show button
chosen
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Type Area
This area contains the buttons for various parameters related to the drawing views.
• Dimension
The Dimension button is chosen to generate the parametric dimensions
in the drawing views.
• Reference Dimension
The Reference Dimension button is chosen to generate the reference
dimensions in the drawing views
• Geometric Tolerance
The Geometric Tolerance button is chosen to display the geometric

tolerances in the dimensions.
• Note
The Note button is chosen to display the notes that were created in the
Part mode.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Balloon
The Balloon button is chosen to display the balloons associated with
an assembly in the drawing views.
• Axis
The Axis button is chosen to display the axis of the selected hole or
cylindrical feature in the drawing views.
• Symbol
The Symbol button is chosen to display any symbol associated with
the model.
• Surface Finish
The Surface Finish button is chosen to display the surface finish
symbols associated with the part in the drawing views.
• Datum Plane
The Datum Plane button is chosen to display the reference datum
planes in the drawing views.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Cosmetic Feature
The Cosmetic Feature button is chosen to display the cosmetic
features in the drawing views that are associated with the model.
• Datum Target
The Datum Target button is used to show the critical measurement
locations in the drawing view.
• Show By Area
The options in this area are:
• Feature
The Feature radio button is selected to display the required annotation of the
selected feature.
• Part
The Part radio button is selected to display all required annotations of the selected
part.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• View
The View radio button is selected to display all required annotations that can be
displayed in the selected view.
• Feature and View

The Feature and View radio button is selected to display the required annotations of
a particular selected feature that can be displayed in the selected view.
• Part and View

The Part and View radio button is selected to display all required annotations of the
selected part that can be displayed in the selected view.
• Show All
The Show All radio button is selected to show all required annotations in the drawing
views.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Options tab
The options under this tab of the Show / Erase dialog box are:
• Erased
The Erased check box is selected to display the annotations that were once erased.
• Never Shown
The Never Shown check box is selected to display the annotations that are never
displayed in the drawing views.
• Switch to ordinate
The Switch to ordinate check box is selected to switch to the ordinate mode of
dimensioning.
• Preview tab
The options under this tab of the Show / Erase dialog box are:
• With Preview
The With Preview check box is selected to allow you to confirm the placement
of the annotation.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Erase
The options under the Erase button are used to erase the
annotations placed using the Show button.
• Type area
• The buttons provided under this area are similar to
those under the Type area displayed when you choose
the Show button.
• The only difference is that here these buttons are

selected to choose the type of items to be erased.
The Show / Erase

dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Erase By area
The options in this area are:
• Selected Items
• Feature
• Feature and View
• Part
• Part and View
• View
• Erase All
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Modifying and Editing the Dimensions

• Pro/ENGINEER allows you to edit and modify the dimensions assigned to the
drawing views.
• There are various methods of editing and modifying the driving dimensions.
• The following figure shows dimensioned drawing views.
Dimensioned drawing views
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The following figure shows the terminology that is used in the Drawing mode of
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0.
Parameters associated with the dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Modifying the Dimensions Using the Dimension Properties

Dialog Box
To modify the dimensions using this option, select the dimension and then choose Edit
> Properties from the menu bar; the Dimension Properties dialog box is displayed.
The Dimension Properties

dialog box
• Properties tab
• Value and Tolerance area
• Tolerance mode. The options in this drop-down
list are used to select the type of tolerance mode.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Format Area
• Decimal. This radio button is selected to display the dimensions in the
decimal format.
• Fractional. This radio button is selected to display the dimensions in the
fractional format.
• Dual Dimension area

The options under this area are used to specify the placement point for the
dual dimensioning and the number of decimal places.
• Display area
• Basic. This radio button, if selected, displays the dimension in a rectangular
box.
• Inspection. This radio button, if selected, displays the dimension in an
elliptical box.
• Neither. This radio button is used when you do not require the display of the
dimensions in the Basic or Inspection type.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Dimension Text tab

The Dimension Properties dialog box with the options
under the Dimension Text tab is shown in the figure.
• Dimension Text Area

The Dimension text box displays the text of the
dimension. You can edit the text using this box.
• Name
The Name edit box display the dimension symbol.
You can change the dimension symbol using this box.
• Prefix
The Prefix edit box is used to add some additional The Dimension Text tab of
the Dimension Properties
text as prefix to the default dimension text.
dialog box
• Postfix
The Postfix edit box is used to add some additional text
as suffix to the dimension text.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Text Style tab

The Dimension Properties dialog box with the
options under the Text Style tab is shown in the figure.
• Copy from Area

• The Copy from area displays the options to
modify the text style of the dimension text.
• You can edit the text using this area.
• Character Area
The Character area displays the options to modify
the font style of the dimension text.
The Text Style tab of the
• Note/Dimension Area Dimension Properties
The Note/Dimension area displays the options to dialog box
modify the dimension or the text in the form of a
note.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Preview button
The Preview button is used to preview the changes that are made using the
Dimension Properties dialog box.
• Reset button
The Reset button is used to reset the default values.
In addition to the options available in this dialog box, the following four buttons
are available in the lower portion of this dialog box.
• Move
The Move button is chosen to move the dimension to a new location on the current
sheet.
• Move Text
The Move Text button is chosen to move the dimension text to a new location on
the screen.
• Edit Attach
The Edit Attach button is used to modify the attachment point of dimensions of some
features like draft, round, and chamfer.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Text Symbol
The Text Symbol button is chosen to display the Text Symbol dialog box using which
you can add special symbols to the default dimension text.
• Modifying the Drawing Items Using the Shortcut Menu

• When you select an item from a drawing view and hold down the right mouse button,
the shortcut menu with various options will be displayed.
• Some of the items related to the drawing, which can be modified using the shortcut
menu, are discussed next.
• Value
• You can modify the dimension value by selecting a dimension value.
• When the dimension value and the arrows turn red, click on the dimension value.
• Notice that now only the value is highlighted in red.
• Hold down the right mouse button to invoke the shortcut menu.
• From the shortcut menu choose the Edit Value option.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• The dimension value will be displayed in the edit box.

• Modify the value in the edit box and press ENTER.
• To view the effect of the modification, you will have to regenerate the drawing view
using Update the model and redraw all views as specified by the latest
modification button from the Top Toolchest.
• Text
The parameters that can be modified are the selected text line, entire text material,
text height, text style, style library for the text, and the current style.
• Miscellaneous Modifications
The modifications that can be made using the shortcut menu are: move a
dimension, flip the arrows of the dimensions, switch the selected dimension from
one view to the other, make a jog in the witness line, modify the values or text of the
dimension, modify the arrow style, break the witness line, remove the break from the
witness line, erase the witness line, show the erased witness line, or erase the
selected dimension from the drawing view.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Number of Decimal Places

To modify the number of decimal values for the dimension text, choose Format >
Decimal Places from the menu bar.
• Cleaning Up the Dimensions
• Generally, the dimensions displayed in the drawing
views are scattered and improperly placed.
• This in turn makes the drawing views look very
confusing.
• Pro/ENGINEER allows you to place these
dimensions in proper order using just one single
step.
• When you choose Edit > Cleanup > Dimensions
from the menu bar; the Clean Dimensions dialog
box will be displayed.
The Placement tab of the

Clean Dimensions dialog
box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Placement tab
The options in this tab of the Clean dimension dialog box are used for placing the
dimensions.
• Space out dimensions

This option is used to maintain the distance between two dimensions.
• Offset
The Offset edit box is used to specify the offset distance between the first dimension
and the view boundary.
• Increment
The Increment edit box is used to specify the offset distance between the two
dimension lines.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Offset Reference area

• View outline. This radio button is selected to specify the offset distances taking the
outline of the view as reference.
• Baseline. This radio button is selected to specify the offset distance taking a
selected flat edge, datum plane, snap line, detail axis line, or view border as the
reference.
• Create Snap Lines

The Create Snap Lines check box is selected to create the snap lines using which
the dimensions will be cleaned.
• Break witness lines

The Break witness lines check box is selected to break the witness lines if some
dimensions are overlapping each other.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Cosmetic tab
The options in the Cosmetic tab of the Clean
Dimensions dialog box shown in the figure, are used
for determining a dimension value’s location with the
dimension line.
• Flip Arrows
The Flip Arrows check box is selected to flip the
arrows of the dimensions that are not easily adjusted
inside the dimension lines.
• Center Text
The Center Text check box is selected to place the
dimensions at the center of the dimension lines.
• Horizontal/Vertical The Cosmetic tab of the

Clean Dimensions dialog
These buttons are used to specify the placement of the
box
horizontal or vertical dimension text outside the dimension
line if they do not fit.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
Drawing views with dimensions Drawing views with dimensions

before cleaning after cleaning
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Adding Reference Datums to the Drawing Views

• Reference datums are used as references for geometric tolerance.
• Datums are to be set before adding the geometric tolerance.
• To create a reference datum, choose Insert > Model Datum > Plane from the
menu bar.
• The Datum dialog box will be displayed.
The Datum dialog box Drawing views with reference datums
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Adding Tolerances to the Drawing Views

Tolerance is defined as the difference between the maximum and minimum
variations in the dimensions of the selected component.
• Dimensional Tolerances
These are the variation in the standard dimensional values.
Dimensions with tolerances
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Geometric Tolerances
• When you send a component for manufacturing, you have to provide various
other parameters along with the dimensions and dimensional tolerances.
• The geometric tolerances (will be called gtol henceforth) can be added to the
drawing using the Geometric Tolerance dialog box.
• Mod Refs tab

The options in this tab are used to select the model or drawing where the gtol have to
be placed and to specify the model references.
The Model Refs tab of the Geometric Tolerance

dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Datum Refs tab

The options in the Datum Refs tab are used to select the primary, secondary, or
tertiary datum references for the gtol.
The Datum Refs tab of the Geometric Tolerance

dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Tol Value tab

The options in the Tol Value tab are used to specify the tolerance value and the
material condition for the gtol.
The Tol Value tab of the Geometric Tolerance

dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Symbols tab
The options in the Symbols tab are used to specify the symbols for the gtol.
The Symbols tab of the Geometric Tolerance

dialog box
• New Gtol
The New Gtol button is chosen to accept the current gtol and place a new gtol.
• Move
The Move button is chosen to change the location of the current gtol.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
The figure shows the drawing view with reference datums and gtol.
The drawing view with reference datums and gtol
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Editing the Geometric Tolerances

• The Gtol added to the drawing views can be edited using the Geometric
Tolerance dialog box.
• This dialog box will be displayed when you select the text of the tolerance from
the drawing view and then right-click to display the shortcut menu.
• Choose the Properties option from the shortcut menu to display the
Geometric Tolerance dialog box.
• All the options under the various tabs of the Geometric Tolerance dialog box
are similar to those discussed in the Geometric Tolerance dialog box for
adding the gtol.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Adding Notes to the Drawing

• The notes added to the model in the Part mode can be easily
displayed in the drawing views using the Show / Erase dialog
box.
• However, when you have not added notes to the model in the
Part mode and still want to add them in the drawing views then
you will have to create them.
• The notes can be created by choosing Insert > Note from the
menu bar.
• When you choose this option, the NOTE TYPES menu will be
displayed.
The NOTE TYPES

menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Adding Balloons to the Assembly Views

• The balloons can be added to the assembly drawing views by choosing Insert >
Balloon from the menu bar.
• The procedure to place balloons is similar to that used while adding notes to the
drawing.
Drawing view with balloons and note
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 1
In this tutorial, you will generate the drawing views of the part shown in Figure A.
Generate the dimensions in the drawing views. The views to be generated are shown
in Figure B. (Estimated time: 45 min)
Figure A Model for generating Figure B Drawing views to be created

the drawing views along with the dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a. Create the model in the Part mode using the given dimensions and save the file.
b. Open a new drawing file in the Drawing mode and generate the top view and the
front view of the model on the drawing sheet as shown in Figure C.
Figure C Top view and the front view of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. The datum planes are renamed because the gtol values to the inclined surface
will be applied with their reference.
d. Generate the dimension to the views and clean them, as shown in Figure D,
using the Clean Dimensions dialog box.
Figure D Top and the front views of the model

with the dimensions and datum planes
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
e. Add geometric tolerance to the required entities. The drawing views after
adding the gtol should look similar to the one shown in Figure E.
Figure E Top and the front views of the model with the dimensions,
datum planes, and the geometric tolerances
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
f. Move the note for gtol to a location shown in Figure F.
Figure F The required drawing
g. Save the drawing and close the window.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 2
In this tutorial, you will generate the drawing views of the model shown in Figure A.
The dimensioned drawing views are shown in Figure B. (Estimated time: 45 min)
Figure A Model for generating Figure B The drawing views to be generated

the drawing views in Tutorial 2
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a. Create the model in the Part mode using the given dimensions and save the file.
b. Open a new drawing file in the Drawing mode and generate the top view, front
view, right-side view, and the detailed view of the model on the drawing sheet,
as shown in Figure C.
Figure C The drawing views before adding the

dimensions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. Dimension the views and clean the dimensions using the Clean Dimensions
dialog box. You need to manually place the dimensions in order, as shown in
the Figure D.
Figure D The required drawing views
d. Save the drawing and then close the window.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 1
In this exercise, you will generate the drawing views of the model created in
Exercise 2 of Chapter 6, shown in Figure A, and add dimensions to the views, as
shown in Figure B. (Estimated time: 45 min)
Figure A Model for generating Figure B Drawing views to be generated

the drawing views in Exercise 1
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Sketch in the Drawing mode.
• Modify the sketched entities and other items in the drawing views.
• Create a user-defined drawing format for the drawing sheets.
• Add or remove the sheets from the current drawing.
• Create tables in the current sheet.
• Generating associative Bill Of Material in the Drawing mode.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Sketching in the Drawing Mode

• The Sketching can be done by using the Sketch menu in the menu bar or the tool
buttons in the Drawing Sketcher Tools toolbar from the Right Toolchest.
• The tools in the Drawing Sketcher Tools toolbar and the options in the Sketch
menu that are used to sketch in the Drawing mode are discussed next.
• Select Items
The Select items button in the Right Toolchest is used to select
drawing views, sketched entities, dimensions, notes, and so on from the
drawing views.
• Line
The Create 2 point lines button from the Right Toolchest or the Line
option in the Sketch menu is used to create line segments.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Circle
The Circle option or the Create circle button is used to create circles.
• Arc
The Create an arc by 3 points or tangent to an entity at its endpoint
button is used to create arcs.
• Chain
• The Enable sketching chain button is used when the object you want to
draw consists of more than one entity.
• You are able to draw to draw a continuous chain of lines by choosing the
Enable sketching chain button .
• Sketching Using References

The Remember parametric sketcher references button is used to draw the
sketches by automatically applying constraints.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Modifying the Sketched Entities

• There are various options to modify the sketched entities that are termed as draft
entities.
• The operations or the modifications that can be applied on the draft entities in
Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0 are discussed next.
• Trimming the Draft Entities

• The sketched or draft entities can be trimmed by choosing
Edit > Trim from the menu bar.
• When you choose this option, the cascaded menu will be
displayed, as shown in the figure.
• The options in this menu are:
Cascading menu of the
Trim option in the Edit
• Divide at Intersection • Bound menu
• Divide by Equal Segments • Length
• Corner • Increment
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Transforming the Draft Entities

• To translate or move the draft entities, choose Edit >
Transform.
• The cascaded menu will be displayed, as shown in the
figure.
• The options in this cascaded menu are given below.
• Translate Cascaded menu of

Translate option in
• Translate and Copy Edit menu
• Rotate
• Rotate and Copy
• Rescale
• Mirror
• Stretch
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Grouping the Entities

• A draft entity can be grouped with other draft entity, with a note, a geometric
tolerance (Gtol), or a dimension.
• In Pro/ENGINEER, the note, gtol, and dimensions are called detail items.
• After grouping the draft entities, any operation applied on any one of them is applied
to the grouped entity also.
• The options to group can be invoked by choosing Edit > Group. The cascaded
menu will be displayed, as shown in the figure.
Cascaded menu of Group

option in Edit menu
• Draft Group • Relate to View

• Set Default Relate View • Relate to Object
• Unset Default Relate View • Unrelate
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Drafting Using the Drawing Views

• You can use the generated drawing views to create an entity or the whole drawing view.
• To use a generated drawing view, choose Sketch > Edge.
• The cascaded menu will be displayed with two options, Use and Offset.
• Use
• The Use option is selected to draw a copy of the selected edge in the drawing view.
• This option will be available only when you have at least one drawing view in the
current drawing sheet and if it is selected.
• Offset
• When you choose this option from the cascaded menu, the
OFFSET OPER menu will be displayed, as shown in the
figure on the next slide. There are two options in this menu.
• The Single Ent option is used to select a single entity from
the drawing view.
The OFFSET OPER
• The Ent Chain option is used to select a chain of entities menu
from the drawing view.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Converting a Generated View to a Draft View

• To convert a generated view to a draft view, select the view to convert and choose
Edit > Convert to Draft Entities from the menu bar.
• After converting a generated view to a draft view, all objects in the view are
converted to individual entities.
• When you choose this option, the SNAPSHOT menu will be displayed, as shown in
the figure.
The SNAPSHOT
menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ User-Defined Drawing Formats

• Sometimes you may need to create a user-defined drawing format that is specifically
designed as per your requirements.
• Choose the Create a new object button to display the New dialog box.
• In this dialog box, select the Format radio button from the Type area and then specify
the name of the format in the Name edit box to proceed for creating the user-defined
format.
• When you choose OK, the New Format dialog box will be displayed.
The New Format dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Figure A shows a user-defined format created using the A4 size sheet.

• This format consists of the user-defined title block.
• Figure B shows the drawing views generated on the user-defined format.
Figure A A user-defined format Figure B Drawing views generated

using a user-defined format
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Retrieving the User-Defined Formats in the Drawings

• Once you have created the user-defined format, you can use it in the Drawing
mode as a sheet for generating the drawing views.
• To retrieve the user-defined format, select the Empty with format radio button
and choose the Browse button from the New Drawing dialog box to invoke the
Open dialog box.
• A folder named System Formats will be displayed in the Open dialog box.
• Some predefined formats are given in this folder.
• You can retrieve these predefined formats or browse the location where you
have saved the user-defined format created earlier.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Adding and Removing Sheets in the Drawing

• To add sheets in the current drawing, choose Insert > Sheet from the menu bar.
• A new sheet will be displayed on the screen.
• At the bottom of the screen, the sheet number will be displayed.
• You can generate various views of a model on multiple sheets.
• All these drawing views on different sheets are contained in a single drawing file.
• To remove sheets from a drawing, choose Edit > Remove > Sheets from the
menu bar.
• The Message Input Window will be displayed.
• Enter the sheet number that you want to remove.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Creating Tables in the Drawing Mode

• You can easily create any kind of tabular representation in Drawing mode by using
the options available in the cascaded menu that will be displayed when you choose
Table > Insert from the menu bar.
• The cascaded menu will be displayed, as shown in the figure.
• The options used for creating table are given below.
The Cascading menu
• Table Option
• Table From File Option

• Column Option
• Row Option
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Generating BOM and Balloons in Drawings

• The Bill Of Material (BOM) is a representation of the components and their
parameters that are used in the assembly.
• Steps to generate the BOM and balloons in the Drawing mode are:
• Creating the Table for BOM
• Setting the Repeat Region
• Creating the Column Headers
• Assigning the Report Symbols in the Repeat Region
• Generating the Exploded Drawing View
• Setting the No Repeat Option
• Generating Balloons
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 1
In this tutorial, you will create a format of size A and add the title block in the format.
Then you will retrieve the format in the Drawing mode and generate the exploded
isometric view of the Pedestal Bearing assembly created in Tutorial 2 of Chapter 10.
Also, create the BOM and add the Balloons to the drawing view as shown in Figure A.
(Estimated time: 45 min)
Figure A The drawing view of the assembly

showing the BOM and balloons
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a. Start a new file in the Format mode. Create the format of the drawing, and add
the title block in the format and modify the title block as shown in Figure B.
Figure B Format with modified title block
b. Save the format file and close it.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. Start a new drawing file in the Drawing mode, select the Pedestal Bearing as
the model, and retrieve the format that you had created.
d. Create the table and enter the headers.
e. Define the repeat region and then enter the report symbols, see Figure C.
Figure C Drawing sheet after adding the report symbol
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
f. Generate the exploded isometric view as shown in Figure D. Note that the BOM
appears automatically in the table. If the BOM is not displayed, then choose the
Update the Information displayed in tables button from the Top Toolchest.
Figure D Exploded isometric view of the assembly
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
g. You will notice that some components are repeated in the BOM. You need to set
the BOM such that no component is repeated. The drawing sheet appears as
shown in Figure E.
Figure E The drawing view showing the BOM with no duplicates
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
h. Generate the balloons for the drawing.

i. Enter the text in the title block. Figure F displays the drawing view of the assembly
after showing the title block, balloons, and the BOM.
Figure F The Drawing view of the assembly showing

the title block, balloons, and the BOM
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Tutorial 2
In this tutorial, you will create a format of size A and add the title block in the format.
You will retrieve the format in the Drawing mode and generate the exploded isometric
view of the Shock assembly created in Tutorial 1 of Chapter 10. Also, add the
associative Bill of Material and the Balloons to the drawing view as shown in Figure A.
(Estimated time: 45 min)
Figure A The drawing view of the exploded

assembly with BOM
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
a. Start a new file in the Format mode. Create the format of the drawing, add the
title block in the format, and modify the title block as shown in Figure B.
Figure B Format with modified title block
b. Save the format file and close it.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
c. Start a new drawing file in the Drawing mode, select the shockassembly.asm
as the model, and retrieve the format that you had created.
d. Create the table and enter the headers.
e. Define the repeat region and then enter the report symbols, see Figure C.
Figure C Drawing sheet after adding the

report symbols
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
f. Generate the exploded isometric view of the assembly, generate BOM and
balloons in the drawing view, see Figure D.
Figure D The drawing view of the assembly

showing the BOM and balloons
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
g. Add text in the title block, see Figure E.
Figure E The drawing view of the assembly showing

the title block, balloons, and the BOM
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
¾ Exercise 1
Create a format of size A and then retrieve it in the Drawing mode to place the top,
front, and an exploded isometric view of the Cross Head assembly created in
Exercise 1 of Chapter 10. Add the associative assembly BOM and the balloons to
the drawing view, as shown in Figure A. (Estimated time: 45 min)
Figure A Drawing for Exercise 1
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
SolidWorks,
SolidWorks, and
and SolidEdge
SolidEdge contact
sales@cadcim.com
• Create an extruded surface.
• Create a revolved surface.
• Create a sweep surface.
• Create a blended surface.
• Create a swept blend surface.
• Create a helical sweep surface.
• Create a surface by blending the boundaries.
• Create a surface using variable section sweep.
• Create surfaces using style environment.
• Understand surface editing tools.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
¾ Surface Modeling
• Surface models are a type of three-dimensional (3D) models with no thickness.
• These models are widely used in industries like automobile, aerospace, plastic,
medical, and so on.
• Surface models should not be confused with thick models, that is, models having
mass properties.
• Surface models do not have thickness whereas thick or solid models have a
user-defined thickness.
• In Pro/ENGINEER, the surface modeling techniques and feature creation tools are
the same as those used in solid modeling.
¾ Creating Surfaces in Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0

• In Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0, a sketch can be toggled between a solid model
and a surface model.
• The two tool buttons that are used to toggle between the solid feature and a
surface feature are available on dashboards.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating an Extruded Surface

• To create an extruded surface, choose the Extrude Tool button from the Base Features
toolbar.
• The Extrude dashboard will be displayed, as shown in figure below.
The Extrude dashboard

• In this dashboard, the Extrude as solid button will be selected by default.
Select the Extrude as surface button to extrude the sketch and create a
surface model.
• A surface model can be extruded with capped ends or with open ends.
• To create a surface with capped ends, select the Capped Ends check box
in the Options slide-up panel.
• Figure A shows the open end surface model and Figure B shows the
capped end surface model.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure A Surface with open ends Figure B Surface with capped ends
• Creating a Revolved Surface

• To create a revolved surface, choose the Revolve Tool button from the Base
Features toolbar.
• The Revolve dashboard will be displayed, as shown in figure given below.

• This feature creation too works in the same way as in the case of solid modeling.
The Revolve dashboard
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• The Revolve as solid button will be selected by default.

• Choose the Revolve as surface button to create a revolve surface.
• You can create a revolved capped end surface or an open end surface.
• Figure A shows the open end revolve surface and Figure B shows the
capped end revolve surface.
Figure A Revolved surface Figure B Revolved surface

with open ends with capped ends
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating a Sweep Surface

• To create a sweep surface feature, choose Insert > Sweep > Surface from the
menu bar.
• The SWEEP TRAJ menu will be displayed.
• The method to create a surface sweep feature is the same as that to create a solid
sweep feature.
• Figures A and B show the sweep surfaces with the open and closed ends respectively.
Figure A Sweep surface with Figure B Sweep surface with

open ends created using a capped ends created using a
closed sketch closed sketch
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating a Blended Surface

• To create a surface blend, choose Insert > Blend > Surface from the menu bar.
• The BLEND OPTS menu will be displayed.
• The method to create a blended surface is the same as that to create a solid blend.
• Figure A shows the blended surface with open ends and Figure B shows the
blended surface with capped ends.
Figure A Blended surface with Figure B Blended surface

open ends with capped ends
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating a Swept Blend Surface

• To create a swept blend surface, choose Insert > Swept Blend from the menu bar.
• The Swept Blend dashboard will be displayed.
• The method to create a swept blend surface is the same as that to create a solid
swept blend feature.
• Figure A shows the swept blend with open ends and Figure B shows the swept
blend with capped ends.
Figure A Swept blend Figure B Swept blend surface

surface with open ends with capped ends
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating a Helical Sweep Surface

• To create a surface helical sweep, choose Insert > Helical Sweep > Surface from
the menu bar.
• The Surface dialog box and the ATTRIBUTES menu will be displayed.
• Figure A shows the helical sweep surface with open ends and Figure B shows the
helical sweep surface with capped ends.
Figure A Helical sweep surface with Figure B Helical sweep feature

open ends created using an open with capped ends created using
sketch the closed sketch
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating a Surface by Blending the Boundaries

• To create a surface by blending the boundaries, datum curves, or points,
choose the Boundary Blend Tool button from the Base Features toolbar.
• The Boundary Blend dashboard will be displayed, as shown in figure given

below.
• You will be prompted to select two or more curve chains to define a blended
surface.
• The use of this dashboard is discussed next.
The Boundary Blend dashboard
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Curves Tab
• When you choose the Curves tab, the slide-up panel will be displayed.
• Choose a curve from the drawing area; the curve will be highlighted in red.
• Press CTRL+left mouse button to select the second curve; the second curve will also
get highlighted.
• The surface is created as shown in figure given below.
Boundary blend surface
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating a Surface Using the Variable Section Sweep

• To create a surface by using the variable section sweep, choose Insert > Variable
Section Sweep from the menu bar.
• The Variable Section Sweep dashboard will be displayed.
• The figure shows the section and the trajectories that are used to create the variable
section sweep surface.
• You have an option to keep the ends open or capped. This option is available in the
Options slide-up panel.
Variable section sweep

surface with open ends
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
¾ Creating Surfaces Using the Style Environment of

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0
• Style is an environment available in Pro/ENGINEER that is used to draw free style
curves and create surfaces by joining them.
• The surfaces created using the Style environment are called Super features.
• To enter the Style environment, choose the Style Tool from the Base Features
toolbar or choose Insert > Style from the menu bar.
• The Style surfaces can be joined with the Pro/ENGINEER surfaces.
• They can have the parent-child relationship among themselves and also with
Pro/ENGINEER features.
• Figure on the next slide shows the appearance of the Style environment.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
The Style environment
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Style Tools Toolbar

• Figure A shows the Style Tools toolbar in the Style environment.
• The tools in this toolbar are discussed next.
Figure A The Style Tools

toolbar
• Select Button
This button is used to select the surfaces, curves, planes, and so on in the Style
environment.
• Set the active datum plane Button

This button is used to select the datum plane on which the drawing or the editing
operation needs to be performed.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Create Internal Datum Plane Button

• This button is chosen by selecting the black arrow on the right of the Set the
active datum plane button.
• Choose the Create Internal Datum Plane button to create an internal datum
plane in the Style environment.
• Create Curves Button

• This button is used to draw curves.
• When you choose this button, the Curve dashboard will be displayed as
shown in figure given below. The options in this dashboard are listed in
the next slide.
The Curve dashboard
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Free Radio Button

• Planar Radio Button
• COS Radio Button
• Control Points Check Box
• Edit curves Button

• This button is used to edit the curves that are created as style features. When
you choose this button, the Edit curve dashboard will be displayed and you
will be prompted to select a curve.
• When you select a curve to edit, the Edit curve dashboard appears, as shown
in figure given below. The options in the Edit curve dashboard are listed in
next slide.
The Edit curve dashboard
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Curve collector
• Free radio button
• Planar radio button
• COS radio button
• Proportional Update check box
• Control Points check box
• Shortcut menu options
• Create surfaces from boundary curves Button

• This button is used to create a surface among a closed boundary of curves.
• When you choose this button, the Boundary Surfaces dashboard will be
displayed as shown in next slide and you will be prompted to select three or
four boundary curves to define a surface.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
The Boundary Surfaces dashboard
• After selecting the four curves (Figure A), press the middle mouse button.
• The surface is created, as shown in Figure B.
Figure A Four curves Figure B The Surface created

using curves
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Connect surfaces Button

• This button is used to connect the surfaces.
• When you choose this button, the Connect surfaces dashboard will be
displayed and you will be prompted to select the two surfaces.
• After the surfaces are selected, the Connect surfaces dashboard will be
displayed, as shown in figure given below.
• The connections may be of two types: curvature connection represented

by a dashed line and the tangent connection represented by an arrow.
The Connect surfaces dashboard
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure A shows the style surface when the type connection is a curvature and Figure B
shows the surface when it is connected tangentially.
Figure A Surface connected at Figure B Surface connected at

the top by curvature connection the top by tangent connection
• Trim selected quilts Button

• This button is used to trim a surface.
• When you choose this button, the Trim dashboard will be displayed and you
will be prompted to select the surface(s) to trim.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure A shows the surface and the curve that are selected for trimming and Figure B
shows the surface after trimming.
Figure A Surface is divided Figure B Surface after trimming

into two portions
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
¾ Surface Editing Tools

• The surface editing tools help in decreasing the modeling time.
• The surface editing tools that you will be learning in the next section are as
follows:
• Mirroring the Surfaces

• The Mirror Tool is used to mirror the surface about a plane.
• This tool is available in the Edit Features toolbar only when a surface is be
selected.
• When you choose this button, the Mirror dashboard will be displayed, as
shown in figure given below.
The Mirror dashboard
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure A shows the mirror plane and Figure B shows the mirrored feature.
Figure A Mirror plane and Figure B Surfaces after mirroring

the surface to be mirrored and keeping the original surface
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Merging Surfaces
• The Merge Tool is used to merge the two surfaces and make them a single
surface.
• A surface is also known as a quilt.
• When you choose the Merge Tool button, the Merge dashboard will be
displayed, as shown in figure given below.
The Merge dashboard
Figures A, B and C on the next slide shows the Two surfaces to merge, Part of the
surface to be retained, and Merged surface respectively.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure A Two surfaces Figure B Arrows Figure C Merged surface

to merge showing the part of the
surface to retain
• Trimming Surfaces
• The Trim Tool is used to trim the selected surfaces using a trimming object.
• Select the surface that you need to trim and then choose the Trim Tool
button from the Edit Features toolbar.
• The Trim dashboard will be displayed, as shown in figure given on the next
slide.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
The Trim dashboard
• Figure A shows the surface selected as the trimming object, the trimming surface,
and the yellow arrow.
• Figure B shows the surface obtained after trimming.
Figure A Trimming surfaces Figure B Surface obtained after trimming
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating the Fill Surfaces

• The Fill option is used to create a planar surface by sketching its boundaries.
• When you choose this option from the Edit menu in the menu bar, the Fill
dashboard will be displayed, as shown below.
The Fill dashboard

Figure A shows the sketch plane and Figure B shows the surface that is created
using the Fill option.
Figure A The sketch Figure B Fill surface

plane for creating a fill
surface
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating the Intersect Curves

• The Intersect option is used to create a curve at the intersection of two surfaces.
• When you choose this option from the Edit menu, the Intersect dashboard will be
displayed, as shown below.
The Intersect dashboard

Figure A shows the two selected surfaces , and the intersecting curve created by them.
Figure A Surfaces selected to

create the intersecting curve
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating the Offset Surfaces

• A surface can be copied to an offset distance.
• To offset a surface, select the surface to offset and choose Edit > Offset from the
menu bar.
• The Offset dashboard will be displayed, as shown below.
• The Offset option is available only when you have selected a surface to offset.
• In Pro/ENGINEER, there are three methods to offset a surface. These methods are
discussed next:
The Offset dashboard
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Standard Offset Feature

• Using this option, you can offset the surface as a whole.
• The figure given below shows the original surface and the offset surface.
• From the drop-down list in the Options slide-up panel, you can offset a surface
normal to the surface, allow Pro/ENGINEER to automatically fit the surface, or
control the direction of the offset in the X, Y and Z axes.
Original and the offset surfaces
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• With Draft Feature

• Using this option, you can sketch the section and then give a draft angle to the side
surfaces.
• Figure A and B shows the draft offset surface with the Straight and Tangent radio
button selected from the Options slide-up panel.
Figure A Draft offset surface Figure B Draft offset surface

with straight profile with tangent profile
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Expand Feature
• Using this option, you can sketch the section and then choose to offset the inside
or the outside of the sketch.
• For this purpose, you need to choose the Flip the material sides of sketch button
from the dashboard.
• Figure A shows the offset surface when the inside of the sketch is selected to offset.
• Figure B shows the draft offset surface when the outside of the sketch is selected to
offset.
Figure A Inside of the Figure B Outside of the sketch

sketch selected to offset selected to offset
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Giving Thickness to a Surface

• To add thickness to a quilt or a surface, select the quilt and choose the Thicken
option from the Edit menu.
• The Thicken dashboard will be displayed, as shown in the figure given below.
The Thicken dashboard

Figures A and B given on the next slide show the surfaces after adding thickness by
controlling the thickness using the Normal to surface option and the Automatic fit
option respectively.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure A Thickening the surface using Figure B Thickening the surface

the Normal to surface option using the Automatic fit option
• Converting a Surface to a Solid

• You can convert a closed surface into a solid by choosing Edit > Solidify from the
menu bar.
• This option is available only when a closed surface with capped ends is selected.
• This option fills the hollow surface with material.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating Round at the Vertex of a Surface

• The vertices of a surface or quilt can be rounded
using the Vertex Round option.
• Choose Insert > Advanced > Vertex Round from

the
menu bar.
• The SURFACE TRIM:Vertex Round dialog box will
be displayed, as shown in figure given on right. The SURFACE TRIM:
• Figure A and B shows the vertices to round, and the Vertex Round dialog box
vertices after creating the round respectively.
Figure A Vertices to round Figure B Vertices after creating round
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
¾ Tutorial 1
In this tutorial, you will create the surface model shown in Figure A. The orthographic
views of the surface model are shown in Figure B. (Expected time: 45 min)
Figure A Isometric view Figure B Top view, front view, and

of the surface model the right-side view of the surface
model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
a. Examine the model and determine the number of features in it.

b. Create the base feature, which is a blend surface. Figures C and D shows the
sketches for the blend feature. The trimetric view of the model after creating the
base feature appears as shown in Figure E.
Figure C Sketch of Figure D Sketch of the Figure E Trimetric view

the first arc second arc of the base feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
c. Create the second feature, which is a blend feature. To create this feature you
need to cerate a datum plane. The sketch of the two arcs for the blend feature
is shown in Figure F. The model after creating the second feature appears as
shown in Figure G.
Figure F Sketch of the second Figure G Second feature

feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
d. The third feature is a mirror feature that will be created by mirroring the second
feature about a plane passing from the center, refer to Figure H.
Figure H Surface model after

creating the third feature
e. Create the fourth feature which is also a blend feature, refer to Figures I and J.
Figure I Sketch of the fourth Figure J Model after

blend feature creating the fourth blend
surface
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
f. Next, select the surfaces individually and merge them, refer to Figures K and L.
Figure K Surface model after Figure L Surface model after

merging the left blend surface merging all the surfaces
with the middle blend surface
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
g. Create the fill features which will be used to create surfaces on the blend features,
refer to Figures M, N and O.
Figure M Sketch for the Figure N Surface after Figure O Surface model after
fill surface creating the fill surface creating the fill surfaces
h. Merge the fill Surfaces that you have created with the other surfaces in order to
create a round on their edges.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
i. Create rounds on the edges. The surface model, after creating the rounds, is as
shown in Figure P.
Figure P Surface model

after creating rounds
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
¾ Tutorial 2
In this tutorial, you will create the surface model shown in Figure A. The front and the
right-side views of the surface model are shown in Figure B.
Figure A Isometric view of Figure B Front view and the right-side view of
the surface model the surface model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
a. First, examine the model and determine the number of features in it.
b. Create the base feature, which is an extruded surface with open ends, refer to
Figures C and D.
Figure C Sketch of Figure D Base surface with open ends

the base surface
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
c. Create the second feature, which is a blend feature. The sketch for the blend
feature is shown in Figure E. The model, after creating the blend feature, appears
as shown in Figure F.
Figure E Sketch of the blend surface Figure F Blend surface
d. The third feature is a mirror copy of the second feature, refer to Figure G.
Figure G Model after creating

the mirror copy of the blend
surface
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
e. The fourth feature is the cylindrical surface. The sketch for the cylindrical feature
is shown in Figure H. The model, after creating the surface extrusion, is shown in
Figure I.
Figure H Sketch of the cylindrical Figure I Cylindrical surface

surface
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
f. Create the fill Surface to cap the ends of the base feature. The sketch for the fill
surface is shown in the Figure J. The model, after the fill surface is created, is
shown in Figure K.
Figure J Sketch of the fill surface Figure K Model after creating

the fill surface
g. Mirror the fill surface to cap the other end of the base feature. The model, after
the creating the mirror feature, appears as shown in Figure L.
Figure L Model after creating the

mirror copy of the fill surface
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
h. Merge all surfaces by selecting them individually, refer to Figures M, N and O.
Figure M Model after merging the blend Figure N Model after merging the blend
surface with cylindrical surface surface with the base surface
Figure O Model after merging the

mirror copy of the blend surface
with the base surface
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
i. Merge the fill Surfaces with the base surface in order to create a single quilt or a
single surface. When the surfaces are merged, you will use the edge formed by
the merge feature to create rounds.
j. Create the round features, refer to Figures P and Q.
Figure P Edges selected Figure Q Round created on the merged

to create rounds edge of the cylindrical slot, edge on the
intersection of blend surfaces and the
base surface, and on the edges forming
the corners of the base surface
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
k. Creating a full round between the front and the back sides of base feature. The
round is created, as shown in Figure R.
Figure R Completed surface model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
¾ Exercise 1
In this exercise, you will create the surface model shown in Figure A. The
orthographic views of the surface model are shown in Figure B. (Expected
time: 40 min)
Figure A Isometric view Figure B Top, front, right-side, and

of the surface model the detailed views of the surface
model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
¾ Exercise 2
In this exercise, you will create the surface model shown in Figure A. The orthographic
views and the detailed view of the surface model are shown in Figure B.
(Expected time: 1 hr)
Figure A Surface model Figure B Top, front, right-side, and the detailed
views of the surface model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
¾ Learning Objectives:
• Create unattached flat walls.
• Create reliefs in the sheetmetal component.
• Create a flat wall.
• Create the twist wall and the extend wall.
• Add flange walls to sheetmetal components.
• Bend a sheetmetal component.
• Unbend and bend back the sheetmetal component.
• Convert solid models to sheetmetal components.
• Create a flat pattern of the sheetmetal component.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
¾ Introduction to Pro/SHEETMETAL
• A sheetmetal component is created by bending, cutting, or deforming a thin sheet of
uniform thickness.
• The sheetmetal designs are created in the Sheetmetal mode of Pro/ENGINEER
Wildfire 3.0.
• The Sheetmetal mode provides you the options to create primary and secondary
walls and convert a solid model into a sheetmetal component.
¾ Invoking the Sheetmetal Mode

To invoke the Sheetmetal mode, choose the Create a new object button from the
File toolbar; the New dialog box will be displayed, as shown in figure on the right.
The New dialog box

Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Figure given below shows you the initial screen appearance in the Sheetmetal mode.
• The process of creating sheetmetal components is similar to that of creating solid or

surface protrusions.
The initial screen appearance in the Sheetmetal mode
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
¾ Introduction to Sheetmetal Walls

• A wall is any section of the sheetmetal material in your design.
• There are two types of walls in Pro/SHEETMETAL that are discussed next.
• Primary Walls
• Primary walls are created as base features in Pro/SHEETMETAL and are
independent entities.
• The different type of primary walls are unattached flat wall, unattached extruded
wall, revolved wall, blended wall, offset wall, variable section sweep, swept blend,
helical sweep, and so on.
• Secondary Walls
• Secondary walls are the walls that are dependent on at least one primary wall.
• Secondary walls include all the primary walls and also walls such as flat wall, flange
wall, extend wall, twist wall, and so on.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating the Unattached Flat Wall

• The first feature created in a sheetmetal design will be the base feature.
• This base feature is known as the unattached flat wall.
• Choose Insert > Sheetmetal > Unattached > Flat from the menu bar or
choose the Create Unattached Flat Wall button from the Sheetmetal toolbar
to display the Unattached Flat Wall dashboard, as shown in figure given
below.
The Unattached Flat Wall dashboard
• References Tab
When you choose the References tab, the slide-up panel will be displayed, as shown
in figure given below.
The References tab

slide-up panel
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Properties Tab
• When you choose the Properties tab, a slide-up
panel will be displayed.
• This slide-up panel displays the feature identity in
the Name collector.
• Figure given on the right below shows a
sheetmetal model created using this method.
Model of the unattached flat wall
• Creating the Unattached Revolve Wall
• The unattached revolve wall is a feature created by revolving a sketched
section about a centerline. The revolve wall can be a primary or a secondary
wall.
• When you choose the Create Revolved Wall button from the Sheetmetal
toolbar, the FIRST WALL:Revolve dialog box and the ATTRIBUTES menu
will be displayed, as shown in Figures A and B on the next slide.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure A The FIRST WALL: Figure B The ATTRIBUTES

Revolve dialog box menu
Figure C shows a closed sketch for creating the revolve wall and Figure D shows the
resulting unattached revolve wall.
Figure C The sketch showing Figure D The revolved wall

the closed section
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating the Unattached Blend Wall

• The Unattached Blend Wall option connects two or more sections by
combining the characteristics of each section.
• When you choose the Create Blended Wall button from the Sheetmetal
toolbar, the BLEND OPTS menu will be displayed, as shown in Figure
A.
• The options in this menu are discussed next.
Figure A The BLEND

OPTS menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Parallel Blend
• Parallel blends have sections that are drawn parallel to each other with a specified
distance between them.
• After choosing Parallel > Regular Sec > Done from the BLEND OPTS menu, the
ATTRIBUTES menu will be displayed, as shown in Figure B.
• The options in this menu are listed next.
Figure B The ATTRIBUTES menu
• Straight
The Straight option is used to connect the vertices of all sections in a blend feature
with straight lines.
• Smooth
The Smooth option is used to connect the vertices of all sections in a blend feature
with curves.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure C shows the sketch for three sections that are used to create the blend feature.
Figure C The sketch showing

the sections for the blend wall
using the parallel option
Figures D and E show the parallel blend features with straight edges and smooth
edges respectively, created using the sections shown in Figure C.
Figure D Parallel blend with Figure E Parallel blend with

straight edges smooth edges
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Rotational Blend
• The rotational blends have sections that are rotated about the Y-axis up to a
maximum of 120-degrees and the distance between two sections is measured from
the coordinate system.
• Between each section, an angle called the rotational blend angle, has to be defined.
• After choosing Rotational > Regular Sec > Sketch Sec > Done from the BLEND
OPTS submenu, the ATTRIBUTES menu will be displayed, as shown in figure
given
on the right.
The ATTRIBUTES menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Open
• The Open option is used when the blend feature to be created has to be kept open.
• Figure A shows the sections used to create the rotational blend feature and Figure B
shows the shaded model of the blend feature.
Figure A The two sections with Figure B Shaded model of the rotational
dimensions used to create the blend feature using the Open option
blend feature
• Closed
The Closed option is used to create a closed blend feature.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• General Blend
• Using the General option, sections are translated and rotated about the X, Y, and Z
axes.
• The sections are aligned using the user-defined coordinate system.
• The coordinate system has to be manually placed in every section sketch that
constitutes the blend feature.
• Creating the Unattached Offset Wall

• The unattached offset wall is a reflection of a quilt or a surface set at a specified
distance from the original wall.
• When you select the Create Offset Wall button from the Sheetmetal toolbar,
the Unattached Wall:Offset dialog box will be displayed, as shown in next slide
(Figure A), and you will be prompted to select a quilt or solid surface to offset.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure A The Unattached

Wall:Offset dialog box
• When you double-click on the Offset Type option in the Unattached Wall:Offset
dialog box, the OFFSETTYPE menu will be displayed, as shown in Figure B.
Figure B The OFFSETTYPE menu

Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Normal to Surf
This option, when chosen, creates the offset wall normal to the quilt or selected surface.
• Controlled Fit
This option, when chosen, creates the offset wall at a controlled distance.
• Auto Fit
• This option automatically fits the offset wall from the quilt or surface.
• Figure C shows the offset wall created at a distance of 500 from the top surface of the
primary flat wall.
Figure C Model with the original

wall and the offset wall
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating Reliefs in Sheetmetal Components

• The reliefs control the sheetmetal material behavior and prevent unwanted deformation.
• The different types of reliefs are listed next.
• Stretch Relief
• Rip Relief
• Rectangular Relief
• Obround Relief
• Creating a Flat Wall
• A flat wall is a planar or unbent section of sheetmetal.
• Choose Insert > Sheetmetal Wall > Flat from the menu bar; the Flat Wall
dashboard will be displayed, as shown in Figure A on the next slide. The
options in this dashboard are discussed next.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure A The Flat Wall dashboard

• Placement Tab
When you choose the Placement tab, the slide-up panel will be displayed, as shown in
Figure B.
Figure B The Placement

tab slide-up panel
• Shape Tab
• When you choose the Shape tab, the slide- up panel will be displayed, as shown
in Figure C on the next slide.
• The different profiles of walls are Rectangle, Trapezoid, L, T, and User defined.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure C The Shape tab slide-up panel

• Offset Tab
• The Offset tab, when chosen, creates the flat wall at a specified distance from the
chosen attachment edge.
• When you choose the Offset tab, the slide-up panel will be displayed, as shown in
Figure D.
• The options in this tab are listed on next slide.
Figure D The Offset

tab slide-up panel
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Automatic
• By Value
• Relief Tab
• The Relief tab allows you to choose the type of relief to be applied on the wall.
• When you choose the Relief tab, the slide-up panel will be displayed, as shown in
Figure E.
Figure E The Relief

tab slide-up panel
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Bend Allowance Tab

• The Bend Allowance tab will be used to calculate the undeveloped length of the
sheetmetal required to create a bend of specified radius and angle.
• When you choose the Bend Allowance tab, the slide-up panel will be displayed, as
shown in Figure F.
• The options in this tab are listed below.
Figure F The Bend Allowance

tab slide-up panel
• By K Factor
• By Y Factor
• By Bend Table
• Add Bend on the attachment edge Button
The Add Bend on the attachment edge button creates a bend between
the existing sheetmetal wall and the newly created wall. The two methods of
specifying the bend parameters of the flat wall are listed on next slide.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure G shows the base wall and Figure H shows the flat wall created on the rear
edge of the base wall.
Figure G Model of the base wall Figure H Model with the flat wall
• Creating a Twist Wall

• A twist wall is a spiraling or coiling section of sheetmetal.
• Choose Insert > Sheetmetal Wall > Twist from the menu bar to invoke the TWIST
dialog box and the FEATURE REFS menu.
• The TWIST dialog box and the FEATURE REFS menu are shown in Figure A
and B on the next slide respectively.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure A The TWIST Figure B The FEATURE

dialog box REFS menu
• Select the attachment edge from the drawing area; the TWIST AXS PNT menu will
be displayed, as shown in Figure C.
• The two options of defining the start point for the twist wall are discussed next.
Figure C The TWIST AXS PNT menu

Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Select Point
This option allows you to choose an existing datum point on the attachment edge.
• Use Middle
This option allows you to select the middle point of the attachment edge as the centerline
for the twist wall. Figure D shows the twist wall attached to the base wall.
Figure D Model with the twist

wall attached to the base wall
To specify the dimensions of the wall, following options are available.
• Start Width
• End Width
• Twist Length
• Twist Angle
• Developed Length
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating an Extend Wall

• The extend wall lengthens an existing wall.
• When you choose the Extend Wall button from the Sheetmetal toolbar, the
WALL Options:Extend dialog box will be displayed, as shown in Figure A.
• Select the edge to extend, the EXT DIST menu will be displayed, as shown in
Figure B.
• The options in the EXT DIST menu are discussed next.
Figure A The WALL Options: Extend Figure B The EXT DIST and
dialog box the SETUP PLANE menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Up To Plane
This option allows you to extend the wall up to a plane.
• Use Value
This option allows you to extend the wall to a specified distance.
Figure C shows two independent unattached flat walls and Figure D shows the extend
wall created between two flat unattached independent walls.
Figure C Model with two Figure D Model with the

independent unattached extend wall between two
flat walls flat walls
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating a Flange Wall

• A flange wall is a bent section of sheetmetal.
• Choose Insert > Sheetmetal Wall > Flange from the menu bar to invoke the
Flange Wall dashboard as shown in Figure A.
• The options in this dashboard are discussed next.
Figure A The Flange Wall dashboard

• Placement Tab
• The Placement tab indicates the reference edge chosen to create the flange wall.
• When you choose the Placement tab, the slide-up panel will be displayed, as shown
in Figure B.
Figure B The Placement

tab slide-up panel
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Profile Tab
• The Profile tab indicates the profiles and dimensions
of predefined flange wall shapes such as I, Arc, S,
Open, Flushed, Duck, C, Z, or User Defined.
• When you choose the Profile tab after selecting the

predefined wall profile, the slide-up panel will be
displayed, as shown in Figure C.
Figure C The Profile tab
slide-up panel
• Length Tab
• The Length tab allows you to extend the end faces of
the Flange Wall independently.
• When you choose the Length tab, the slide-up panel

will be displayed, as shown in the Figure D. Figure D The Length tab
slide-up panel
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Offset Tab
• The Offset tab allows you to offset the flange wall to a
specified distance from the selected attachment edge.
• When you choose the Offset tab, the slide-up panel will
be displayed, as shown in Figure E.
Figure E The Offset tab
slide-up panel
• Miter Cuts Tab

• Miter cuts are created to allow bending of two sheetmetal
plates created in the same plane.
• When you choose the Miter Cuts tab, the slide-up panel
will be displayed, as shown in Figure F.
Figure F The Miter Cuts

tab slide-up panel
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Relief Tab
• The Relief tab allows you to choose the type of relief to be
provided to the sheetmetal wall to prevent any unwanted
deformation.
• When you choose the Relief tab, the slide-up panel will be
displayed, as shown in Figure G.
Figure G The Relief

tab slide-up panel
• Bend Allowance Tab
When you choose the Bend Allowance tab, the slide-
up panel will be displayed, as shown in Figure H.
Figure H The Bend Allowance

tab slide-up panel
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Properties Tab
• When you choose the Properties tab, the slide-up panel will be displayed, as
shown in Figure I.
• This slide-up panel displays the feature identity in the Name collector.
• Figure J shows a flange wall with a rectangular relief created on the primary
unattached flat wall.
Figure I The Properties tab Figure J Model with the flange

slide-up panel wall attached to the base wall
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating the Bend

• The Create Bend tool forms the sheetmetal wall into
an angular or roll shape.
• Choose Insert > Bend Operation > Bend from the
menu bar or choose the Create Bend button from the
Sheetmetal toolbar to invoke the OPTIONS menu, as
shown in Figure A.
• The options in this menu are discussed next. Figure A The OPTIONS
menu
• Angle
This option creates a bend through a specified radius and angle.
• Roll
This option creates a bend through a specified radius.
• Regular Bend
The Regular option, when selected, bends a sheetmetal wall around a neutral bend
axis into angular or roll shapes.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
When you choose Angle > Regular > Done from the OPTIONS menu, the Bend
Options dialog box and the USE TABLE menu will be displayed, as shown in
Figures B and C, respectively.
Figure B The BEND Figure C The USE

Options dialog box TABLE menu
The options in the USE TABLE menu are listed below.

• Part Bend Tbl
• Feature Bend Tbl
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
When you choose the Done/Return option from the USE TABLE menu, the RADIUS
SIDE submenu will be displayed, as shown in Figure D.
Figure D The RADIUS

SIDE submenu
The options in this submenu are discussed next.
• Inside Rad
The Inside Rad option, if chosen, dimensions the bend radius from the inner surface
of the sheetmetal wall.
• Outside Rad
The Outside Rad option, if chosen, dimensions the bend radius from the outer surface
of the sheetmetal wall.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure E shows a base wall and Figure F shows the model with an Angle bend
created using the Regular option.
Figure E Model of the base wall Figure F Model with the angle bend
• w/Transition Bend
• The w/Transition (with transition) option shapes one section of a sheetmetal plane,
leaving the other sections flat or with different bend conditions.
• Figure G on the next slide shows the various parameters you need to define to
create a bend in a sheetmetal component using the w/Transition option.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure G Sketch for creating a

bend using the w/Transition
option
Figure H shows the model with an angle bend created using the Regular option and
Figure I shows the model with an angle bend created using the w/Transition option.
Figure H Model with an angle bend Figure I Model with an angle bend created
created using the Regular option using the w/Transition option
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Planar Bend
• A Planar bend forces the sheetmetal wall around an axis that is normal to the surface
and the sketching plane.
• Figure A shows the bend line sketched on the base wall and Figure B shows a bend
created on the base wall, using the Planar option.
Figure A Model of the base wall Figure B Model with the planar bend
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating the Unbend

• The Unbend option flattens any curved surface on the
sheetmetal part.
• When you choose the Create Unbend button from the

Sheetmetal toolbar, the UNBEND OPT menu will be
displayed, as shown in Figure A.
• The Regular option is discussed next. Figure A The UNBEND
OPT menu
• Regular
• The Regular option, when chosen, creates an unbend
that is generic and applies to almost all sheetmetal
bends or wall surfaces.
• When you choose the Regular option from the

UNBEND
OPT menu, the Regular Type dialog box will be
displayed, as shown in Figure B. Figure B The Regular
Type dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
When you select the plane or edge to remain fixed, the UNBENDSEL menu will be
displayed, as shown in Figure C.
Figure C The UNBENDSEL

menu
Figure D shows a model with a flat wall attached to the primary wall and a regular bend
created at either end. Figure E shows the unbend created using the Regular option.
Figure D Model with the regular Figure E Model after

bend and a flat wall unbending
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating the Bend Back

• The Bend Back feature enables you to return the unbent areas to their
formed positions.
• When you choose the Create Bend Back button from the Sheetmetal
toolbar, the BEND BACK dialog box will be displayed, as shown in
Figure A.
• After selecting the area to remain fixed, the BENDBACKSEL menu will
be displayed, as shown in Figure B.
• The options in the BENDBACKSEL menu are discussed next.
Figure A The BEND BACK Figure B The BENDBACKSEL

dialog box menu
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• BendBack Sel
This option bends back the selected sections.
• BendBack All
This option bends back all unbent sections.
Figure C shows the model with the surfaces selected for the creating the bend back
feature and Figure D shows the model created by using the Bend Back option.
Figure C Model with the surfaces selected Figure D Model after creating
for the bend back feature the bend back feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating the Conversion

• Converting solid parts to sheetmetal parts enables you to modify your existing
solid design with sheetmetal industry features.
• After you convert a part to sheetmetal, the part behaves like any other sheetmetal
component.
• There are two types of conversion. They are discussed next.
• Basic conversion
The process of converting a solid model into a sheetmetal component by removing
one of the surfaces or by making one of the surfaces of the solid model as the driving
surface is known as creating the basic conversion.
• Sheetmetal Conversion
If the converted part is not manufacturable, then you need to create a sheetmetal
conversion by adding features such as rips, bends, and corner reliefs.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure A shows the solid model and Figure B shows the model after shelling and
removing the bottom face.
Figure A Model of the solid part Figure B Model after converting

into sheetmetal component by
removing the bottom surface
To convert solid part into sheetmetal part, Choose

Insert > Conversion or choose the Create
Conversion button from the Sheetmetal toolbar
to display the SMT CONVERSION dialog box, as
shown in Figure C. The options in this dialog box
are discussed in the next slide.
Figure C The SMT CONVERSION
dialog box
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Point Relief
This option creates reliefs at selected edges. These reliefs may also be datum points.
• Edge Rip
This option creates rips along the selected edge, which enables you to unbend the
sheetmetal part.
• Rip Connect
The Rip Connect option connects existing planar rips with straight line rips.
• Bends
This option converts sharp edges to bends. By default, the inner radius of the bend is
set to the thickness of the sheetmetal wall.
• Corner Reliefs
This option creates reliefs in selected corners.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure D shows a solid model that has been converted into a sheetmetal component
and Figure E shows the model with the edge rip, rip connect, and bend features.
Figure D The solid model after being converted Figure E Model with the edge
into a sheetmetal component rip, rip connect, and bend
features
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Creating Cuts in the Sheetmetal Component

• The Extrude Tool in the Sheetmetal toolbar can be used to create cuts in a
sheetmetal component.
• Choose the Extrude Tool button from the Sheetmetal toolbar to invoke the
Extrude dashboard.
• The Extrude dashboard is as shown in Figure A.

• There are three options through which you can create cuts in a sheetmetal
component.
Figure A The Extrude dashboard
• Remove material normal to both Driven and Offset surface button

This button, if chosen, removes material normal to both the driving and offset
surfaces.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
• Remove material normal to Driven surface button

This button, if chosen, removes material normal to the driven surface. This
button is selected by default.
• Remove material normal to Offset surface button
This button, if chosen, removes material normal to the offset surface.
• Creating the Flat Pattern

• The Flat Pattern tool is equivalent to the Unbend All feature.
• To create a flat pattern, choose Insert > Bend Operation > Flat Pattern from
the menu bar or choose the Create Flat Pattern button from the Sheetmetal
toolbar.
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure A shows a sheetmetal component chosen to create the flat pattern. Figure B
shows the model after creating the flat pattern.
Figure A Model used for the Figure B Model after creating

flat pattern the flat pattern
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
¾ Tutorial 1
In this tutorial, you will create the sheetmetal component of the Holder Clip shown in
Figure A. The flat pattern of the component is shown in Figure C. The dimensions are
shown in Figures B and D. The thickness of the sheet is 1 mm. After creating the sheet
metal component, create its flat pattern. (Expected time: 45 min)
Figure A Model for Tutorial 1 Figure B Top view of the Holder Clip
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure C Flat pattern of the component Figure D Front view of the Holder Clip
The following steps are required to complete this tutorial:

a. Create the base feature, which is an unattached flat wall. The sketch of the base
wall is shown in Figure E. The model similar to the one shown in Figure F is
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure E The sketch for the base wall Figure F Model of the base wall
b. Create the flange walls on the right, left, and front edges of the base wall, refer to
Figures G, H, I, J, K, and L.
Figure G The attachment Figure H Model with the flange wall

edge for the flange wall
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure I Model with the flange Figure J Model after creating

wall created on the right edge the flange on the left edge
Figure K The attachment Figure L Model with the flange wall

edge for the flange wall
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
c. Next, create a cut feature on front flange wall. The sketch for the cut feature is
shown in Figure M. The sheetmetal component after creating the cut feature is
shown in Figure N.
Figure M The sketch for the Figure N Model after creating

cut feature the cut feature
d. Create a flat wall attached to the flange wall created in the previous step, refer to
Figure O.
Figure O Model
after creating the flat
walls
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
e. Create the flange wall. The attachment edge for this flange wall is shown in
Figure P. The model similar to the one shown in Figure Q is displayed in the
drawing area.
Figure P The attachment Figure Q Model showing

edge for the flange the flange wall
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
f. Create the next flange wall on the front edge of the base wall. Select the base wall
as shown in Figure R. The model, similar to the one shown in Figure S is displayed
in the drawing area.
Figure R The attachment edge Figure S Model showing the

for the flange wall flange wall
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
g. Create the round and chamfer features, refer to Figures T and U.
Figure T Model after the creating Figure U Model after creating

the round feature the chamfer feature
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
h. Create the hole features on the Top and Bottom Walls, refer to Figures V and W.
Figure V Model with the cut Figure W Model with the cut feature
feature on the base wall on the bottom flange wall
i. Create the flat pattern of the model, refer to Figure X.
Figure X Model after creating

the flat pattern
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
¾ Tutorial 2
In this tutorial, you will create the sheet metal component shown in Figure A. The
dimensions are shown in Figures B, C, and D. The flat pattern of the component is
shown in Figure E. The thickness of the sheet is 1 mm. After creating the sheetmetal
component, create its flat pattern. (Expected time: 45
min)
Figure A Model for Tutorial 2 Figure B Top view of the model
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure C Left-side view Figure D Front view of Figure E Flat pattern of

of the model the model the component
a. Create the base feature, refer to Figures F and G.
Figure F The sketch for the base wall Figure G Model of the base wall
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
b. Create the hole feature on the top surface of the base wall, refer to Figure H and
pattern the hole feature, refer to Figure I.
Figure H Model after creating Figure I Model after creating the

the hole feature pattern of the hole feature
c. Create a flange wall on the right edge of the base wall, refer to Figure J.
Figure J Model with the flange wall

Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
d. Create the cut feature, refer to Figures K and L.
Figure K The sketch for the cut feature Figure L Model with the cut feature
e. Create the next flange wall attached to the wall created previously, refer to
Figures M and N.
Figure M The attachment Figure N Model with the flange

edge for the flange wall wall flange wall
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
f. Create the two flange walls along with the cut feature on the left side of the base
wall as created previously, refer to Figure O.
Figure O Model after creating the flange walls and

the cut feature on the left edge of the base wall
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
g. Create the flat wall on the front edge of the base wall, refer to Figures P and Q.
Figure P The sketch for the flat wall Figure Q Model after creating the flat wall
h. Create the flat pattern of the component, refer to Figure R.
Figure R Model after creating

the flat pattern
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
¾ Exercise 1
Create the sheet metal component shown in Figure A. The dimensions of the model
are shown in Figures B and D. The flat pattern of the component is shown in Figure C.
Assume the missing dimensions. (Expected time: 30 min)
Figure A Model for exercise 1 Figure B Top view of the component
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,
Figure C Flat pattern of the component Figure D Front view of the component
Copyright
CADCIM Technologies
Solid Modeling
Modeling
conversion
conversion services
services using
using Autodesk
Autodesk Inventor,
Inventor, MDT,
MDT, Pro/E,
Pro/E, CATIA,
CATIA,

Pro-E Wildfire 3.0

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Descrição original:

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Pro-E Wildfire 3.0

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire for Designers Introduction

¾ Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0

Figure A Model displaying

Figure B Model after making the modifications

¾ Bidirectional Associative Property

Figure C Drawing views of the model

Figure D Drawing views of the model after

Figure E Diameter of the

Figure F Figure after modifying

Figure A Windows screen with task bar and application icons

The second option to start Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0 is by double-clicking on its

Figure B Initial screen appearance after starting

¾ Important Terms and Definitions

• Strong Dimensions and Strong Constraints

• Weak Dimensions and Weak Constraints

¾ File Menu Options

Figure A Shortcut menu

Figure B The Select Working Directory dialog box

• Options in the Set Working Directory dialog box

• Name edit box

• Command and Settings

Figure A The New dialog box

• Use default template

Figure B The New File Options dialog box

Figure A The File Open dialog box

Figure A The Erase Confirm

Figure B The Erase Not

Figure A The Backup dialog box

Figure B The Rename dialog box

¾ Understanding the Functions of the Mouse Buttons

Figure A Functions of the left

Figure C Functions of the

Figure D Functions of the middle mouse button

Figure A Default components on the

The Datum Display toolbar

The File toolbar

The Model Display toolbar

The Help button The View toolbar

Figure A The Navigator

Figure A Pro/ENGINEER Wildfire 3.0 Browser

¾ The Sketch Mode

• Using the Sketch Mode

• Sketch the required section geometry

• Entering the Sketch Mode

¾ The Sketcher Environment

• This figure also shows the Sketcher Tools

• The buttons in this toolbar are used to draw

• When you enter the sketcher environment, the

¾ Working with the Sketch in the Sketch Mode

• If this button is chosen, the sketcher environment is said to be in the selection

¾ Drawing a Sketch Using the Sketcher Tools Toolbar

• Drawing a Line Using the Create 2 point lines Tool

• Drawing a Line Using the Create lines tangent to 2 entities Tool

• Drawing a Centerline Using the Create 2 point centerlines Tool

• The flyout with five buttons appears.

• Drawing a Construction Circle

• Choose the Construction option from the shortcut menu.

The Construction option in Sketch of a flange

• Drawing a Circle Using the Create concentric circle Tool

• After selecting this button you need to select a curve to determine

• Drawing a Circle Using the Create a circle tangent to 3 entities Tool

• This tool references other entities to draw a circle.

• The flyout appears with five buttons.